Module:Citation/CS1: Difference between revisions
From All Skies Encyclopaedia
imported>Trappist the monk (Synch from sandbox;) |
(Created page with "require ('strict'); --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit ]] local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local z = {}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local identifiers; -- f...") |
||
(48 intermediate revisions by 4 users not shown) | |||
Line 1: | Line 1: | ||
require ('strict'); |
|||
local cs1 ={}; |
|||
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- |
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- |
||
]] |
|||
each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit |
|||
local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation |
|||
]] |
|||
local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities |
|||
add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, remove_wiki_link; |
|||
local |
local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation |
||
local |
local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities |
||
local z = {}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities |
|||
local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS |
|||
local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers |
|||
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS |
|||
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration |
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration |
||
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist |
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist |
||
--[[ |
--[[------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >--------------- |
||
declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from |
|||
other modules; that are created here and used here |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local |
local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once |
||
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category |
|||
local added_generic_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered |
|||
local added_numeric_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered |
|||
local added_numeric_name_maint; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name maint category and stop testing names once a category has been emitted |
|||
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table |
|||
local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module) |
|||
local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation |
|||
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ |
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ |
||
Line 42: | Line 49: | ||
local i = 1; |
local i = 1; |
||
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list |
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list |
||
if is_set( list[i] ) then |
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then |
||
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member |
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 49: | Line 56: | ||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >-------------------------------------------------------- |
|||
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. |
|||
]] |
|||
local added_prop_cats = {} -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats |
|||
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments) |
|||
if not added_prop_cats [key] then |
|||
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category |
|||
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- |
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- |
||
Line 67: | Line 61: | ||
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. |
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. |
||
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. |
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. |
||
added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local function add_vanc_error (source, position) |
|||
local added_vanc_errs; -- flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category |
|||
if added_vanc_errs then return end |
|||
local function add_vanc_error (source) |
|||
if not added_vanc_errs then |
|||
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position}); |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
Line 81: | Line 76: | ||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ |
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ |
||
does this thing that purports to be a |
does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it |
||
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: |
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: |
||
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a |
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a |
||
Line 104: | Line 99: | ||
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; |
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; |
||
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] |
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] |
||
list of |
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db |
||
RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between |
|||
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. |
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. |
||
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported |
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported |
||
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the |
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD. tld |
||
is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a |
is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped |
||
here. Perhaps not necessary but retained |
here. Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. |
||
There are several tests: |
There are several tests: |
||
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit |
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit |
||
internationalized domain name ( |
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 |
||
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org |
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs |
||
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD |
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD |
||
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD |
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD |
||
Line 126: | Line 121: | ||
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed |
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed |
||
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and |
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false |
||
]=] |
]=] |
||
Line 137: | Line 132: | ||
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once |
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once |
||
if not domain:match ('^[% |
if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit |
||
return false; |
return false; |
||
end |
end |
||
-- Do most common case first |
|||
if domain:match (' |
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource |
||
return true; |
|||
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix |
|||
return true; |
|||
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character .org hostname |
|||
return true; |
|||
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) |
|||
return true; |
|||
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) |
|||
return true; |
|||
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars) |
|||
return true; |
|||
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld |
|||
return true; |
|||
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address |
|||
return true; |
|||
else |
|||
return false; |
return false; |
||
end |
end |
||
local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs |
|||
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld |
|||
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix |
|||
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) |
|||
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) |
|||
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars) |
|||
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD |
|||
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address |
|||
'[%a%d]+%:?' -- IPv6 address |
|||
} |
|||
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list |
|||
if domain:match (pattern) then |
|||
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
for _, d in ipairs (cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains |
|||
if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then |
|||
return true |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is |
|||
end |
end |
||
Line 165: | Line 168: | ||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ |
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a |
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false. |
||
This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that |
This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that |
||
Line 174: | Line 177: | ||
local function is_url (scheme, domain) |
local function is_url (scheme, domain) |
||
if is_set (scheme) then |
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain |
||
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); |
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); |
||
else |
else |
||
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when |
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 184: | Line 187: | ||
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ |
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ |
||
Split a |
Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. |
||
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following |
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). |
||
If protocol |
If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. |
||
When not protocol |
When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one |
||
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. |
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. |
||
Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//). TODO: are there other common schemes |
|||
like news: that don't use authority indicator? |
|||
Strip off any port and path; |
Strip off any port and path; |
||
Line 202: | Line 208: | ||
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') |
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') |
||
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol |
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL |
||
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') |
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') |
||
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name |
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name |
||
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions |
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions |
||
if utilities.is_set (authority) then |
|||
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; |
|||
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; |
|||
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then |
|||
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message |
|||
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message |
|||
end |
|||
else |
|||
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test? |
|||
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present |
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present |
||
Line 219: | Line 231: | ||
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- |
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- |
||
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no |
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs |
||
Link parameters are to hold the title of a |
Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: |
||
# < > [ ] | { } _ |
# < > [ ] | { } _ |
||
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki |
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links |
||
returns false when the value contains any of these characters. |
returns false when the value contains any of these characters. |
||
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid |
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the |
||
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid |
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). |
||
]] |
]] |
||
Line 234: | Line 246: | ||
local function link_param_ok (value) |
local function link_param_ok (value) |
||
local scheme, domain; |
local scheme, domain; |
||
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then |
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters |
||
return false; |
return false; |
||
end |
end |
||
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from |
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; |
||
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid |
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL |
||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- |
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- |
||
Line 246: | Line 259: | ||
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. |
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. |
||
|<title>= may be |
|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when |
||
that condition exists |
that condition exists |
||
check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix. prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language |
|||
code and must begin with a colon. |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) |
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) |
||
local orig; |
local orig; |
||
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value |
|||
if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value |
|||
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup |
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup |
||
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter |
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter |
||
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup |
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup |
||
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter |
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter |
||
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki |
|||
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix |
|||
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon |
|||
orig = lorig; -- flag as error |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (orig) then |
if utilities.is_set (orig) then |
||
link = ''; -- unset |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; |
|||
end |
end |
||
return link; -- link if ok, empty string else |
|||
end |
end |
||
Line 272: | Line 296: | ||
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. |
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. |
||
First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the |
First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the URL into scheme and domain |
||
portions, or for protocol |
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two |
||
portions of the |
portions of the URL. If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. |
||
Because it is different from a standard |
Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links |
||
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name |
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name |
||
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 |
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 |
||
Line 283: | Line 307: | ||
local function check_url( url_str ) |
local function check_url( url_str ) |
||
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper |
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL |
||
return false; |
return false; |
||
end |
end |
||
local scheme, domain; |
local scheme, domain; |
||
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from |
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; |
||
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups |
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups |
||
Line 294: | Line 318: | ||
end |
end |
||
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid |
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 301: | Line 325: | ||
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first |
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first |
||
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a |
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks |
||
that use protocol |
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs. |
||
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki |
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs. The tests that |
||
find bracketed |
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, |
||
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] |
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] |
||
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. |
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. |
||
Line 314: | Line 338: | ||
local scheme, domain; |
local scheme, domain; |
||
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] |
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] |
||
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); |
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); |
||
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol |
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] |
||
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); |
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); |
||
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare |
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text |
||
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); |
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); |
||
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol |
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text |
||
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain |
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain |
||
else |
else |
||
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a |
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL |
||
end |
end |
||
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid |
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 336: | Line 360: | ||
]] |
]] |
||
local function check_for_url (parameter_list) |
local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list) |
||
local error_message = ''; |
|||
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list |
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list |
||
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a |
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message |
||
table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); |
|||
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ... |
|||
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator |
|||
end |
|||
error_message=error_message .. "|" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
|||
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } ); |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 360: | Line 377: | ||
local function safe_for_url( str ) |
local function safe_for_url( str ) |
||
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then |
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {}); |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); |
|||
end |
end |
||
Line 368: | Line 385: | ||
['\n'] = ' ' } ); |
['\n'] = ' ' } ); |
||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- |
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- |
||
Line 375: | Line 393: | ||
]] |
]] |
||
local function external_link |
local function external_link (URL, label, source, access) |
||
local |
local err_msg = ''; |
||
local domain; |
local domain; |
||
local path; |
local path; |
||
local base_url; |
|||
if not is_set( label ) then |
|||
if not utilities.is_set (label) then |
|||
label = URL; |
label = URL; |
||
if is_set( |
if utilities.is_set (source) then |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); |
|||
else |
else |
||
error |
error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]); -- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if not check_url( |
if not check_url (URL) then |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); |
|||
end |
end |
||
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the |
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path |
||
if path then -- if there is a path portion |
if path then -- if there is a path portion |
||
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); |
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values |
||
URL=domain |
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble |
||
end |
end |
||
base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL |
|||
if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) |
|||
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon |
|||
end |
|||
return base_url; |
|||
end |
end |
||
Line 407: | Line 432: | ||
offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated |
offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated |
||
parameters in the citation. |
parameters in the citation. |
||
added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local page_in_deprecated_cat; -- sticky flag so that the category is added only once |
|||
local function deprecated_parameter(name) |
local function deprecated_parameter(name) |
||
if not |
if not added_deprecated_cat then |
||
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- |
|||
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- |
|||
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. |
|||
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote |
|||
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. |
|||
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: |
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: |
||
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" |
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" |
||
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) |
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) |
||
Double single quotes (italic or bold |
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned. |
||
Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter |
|||
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles. |
|||
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. |
|||
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles. |
|||
]] |
|||
]=] |
|||
local function kern_quotes (str) |
local function kern_quotes (str) |
||
local cap=''; |
local cap = ''; |
||
local |
local wl_type, label, link; |
||
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] |
|||
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks |
|||
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks |
|||
if is_set (cap) then |
|||
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], |
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str); |
||
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str); |
|||
end |
|||
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks |
|||
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str); |
|||
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks |
|||
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str); |
|||
end |
|||
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable |
|||
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") |
|||
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) |
|||
if is_set (cap) then |
|||
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) |
|||
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2}); |
|||
cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) |
|||
if utilities.is_set (cap) then |
|||
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap); |
|||
end |
|||
cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) |
|||
if utilities.is_set (cap) then |
|||
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap); |
|||
end |
|||
if 2 == wl_type then |
|||
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink |
|||
else |
|||
str = label; |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
return str; |
return str; |
||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |
||
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin |
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should |
||
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped |
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped |
||
in italic markup. |
in italic markup. |
||
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate |
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right. |
||
|script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character |
|script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon: |
||
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) |
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) |
||
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |
||
Line 462: | Line 518: | ||
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** |
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** |
||
The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid |
The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can |
||
know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute |
know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute |
||
is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. |
is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. |
||
Supports |script-title= |
Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>= |
||
TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script; |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local function format_script_value (script_value) |
local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param) |
||
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string |
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string |
||
local name; |
local name; |
||
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then |
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix |
||
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script |
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script |
||
if not is_set (lang) then |
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message |
|||
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string |
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string |
||
end |
end |
||
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script |
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script |
||
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, |
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize |
||
if is_set (name) then |
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? |
||
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l |
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script |
||
-- is prefix one of these language codes? |
-- is prefix one of these language codes? |
||
if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then |
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then |
||
add_prop_cat (' |
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang}) |
||
else |
else |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']}); -- unknown script-language; add error message |
|||
add_prop_cat ('script') |
|||
end |
end |
||
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute |
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute |
||
else |
else |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']}); -- invalid language code; add error message |
|||
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string |
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string |
||
end |
end |
||
else |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']}); -- no language code prefix; add error message |
|||
end |
end |
||
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is |
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL |
||
return script_value; |
return script_value; |
||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ |
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ |
||
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script |
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script |
||
wrapped in <bdi> tags. |
value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags. |
||
]] |
]] |
||
local function script_concatenate (title, script) |
local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param) |
||
if is_set (script) then |
if utilities.is_set (script) then |
||
script = format_script_value (script); |
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error |
||
if is_set (script) then |
if utilities.is_set (script) then |
||
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title |
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 525: | Line 586: | ||
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) |
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) |
||
if not is_set( str ) then |
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then |
||
return ""; |
return ""; |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 531: | Line 592: | ||
local msg; |
local msg; |
||
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before |
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before |
||
return substitute( msg, str ); |
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text |
||
else |
else |
||
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str ); |
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str ); |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
--[[ |
--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >------------------- |
||
Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link. Returns the URL and appropriate |
|||
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta- |
|||
label; nil else. |
|||
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). |
|||
str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link= |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local function wikisource_url_make (str) |
|||
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes) |
|||
local |
local wl_type, D, L; |
||
local ws_url, ws_label; |
|||
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'}); |
|||
if not is_set (chapter) then |
|||
wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink) |
|||
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link= |
|||
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace |
|||
if utilities.is_set (str) then |
|||
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL |
|||
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix |
|||
str, -- article title |
|||
}); |
|||
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL |
|||
end |
|||
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]] |
|||
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace |
|||
if utilities.is_set (str) then |
|||
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL |
|||
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix |
|||
str, -- article title |
|||
}); |
|||
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL |
|||
end |
|||
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]]) |
|||
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace |
|||
if utilities.is_set (str) then |
|||
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link |
|||
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL |
|||
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix |
|||
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink |
|||
}); |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
if ws_url then |
|||
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL |
|||
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker |
|||
end |
|||
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil |
|||
end |
|||
--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >----------------------- |
|||
Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, |
|||
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter. |
|||
]] |
|||
local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical) |
|||
if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then |
|||
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation |
|||
else |
|||
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style |
|||
end |
|||
periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped |
|||
if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then |
|||
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical); |
|||
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then |
|||
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical; |
|||
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical |
|||
periodical = trans_periodical; |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'}); |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
return periodical; |
|||
end |
|||
--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------- |
|||
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, |
|||
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used |
|||
for error messages). |
|||
]] |
|||
local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) |
|||
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link |
|||
if ws_url then |
|||
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters |
|||
chapter = ws_label; |
|||
end |
|||
if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then |
|||
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation |
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation |
||
else |
else |
||
if false == no_quotes then |
if false == no_quotes then |
||
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); |
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks |
||
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); |
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, |
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped |
||
if is_set ( |
if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then |
||
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate |
|||
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter); |
|||
elseif ws_url then |
|||
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. ' ', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this? |
|||
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter; |
|||
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter}); |
|||
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter |
|||
chapter = transchapter; -- |
|||
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'}); |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
if is_set ( |
if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then |
||
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter); |
|||
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate |
|||
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then |
|||
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter; |
|||
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter |
|||
chapter = trans_chapter; |
|||
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param> |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source}); |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
return chapter |
return chapter; |
||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >---------------------------------------- |
|||
--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >------------------- |
|||
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the |
|||
first match. |
|||
This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters. |
|||
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource. |
|||
The search stops at the first match. |
|||
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource. |
|||
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) |
|||
and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup(). |
|||
Detects but ignores |
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers |
||
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. |
|||
See also coins_cleanup(). |
|||
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the |
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the |
||
that was detected along with its position (or, |
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, |
||
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. |
|||
parameter value. |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
Line 596: | Line 751: | ||
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) |
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) |
||
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker |
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker |
||
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned |
|||
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker |
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker |
||
local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found |
|||
local i=1; |
|||
local stripmarker, apostrophe; |
|||
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true |
|||
capture = |
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters |
||
if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters |
|||
return; |
return; |
||
end |
end |
||
for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do |
|||
local |
local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name |
||
local pattern= |
local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it |
||
position, |
position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern |
||
if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character |
|||
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts |
|||
position = nil; -- unset position |
|||
elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}? |
|||
position = nil; -- unset position |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
if position then |
if position then |
||
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture |
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition) |
||
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters |
|||
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag |
|||
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag |
|||
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker |
|||
elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker |
|||
position = nil; -- unset |
position = nil; -- unset |
||
else |
else |
||
local err_msg; |
local err_msg; |
||
if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then |
|||
if capture then |
|||
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. |
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name; |
||
else |
else |
||
err_msg = |
err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character'; |
||
end |
end |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message |
|||
return; -- and done with this parameter |
return; -- and done with this parameter |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
i=i+1; -- bump our index |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
--[[ |
--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------- |
||
Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined |
Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined |
||
multiple names can be transparently aliased to |
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to |
||
single internal variable. |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local function argument_wrapper( args ) |
local function argument_wrapper ( args ) |
||
local origin = {}; |
local origin = {}; |
||
return setmetatable({ |
return setmetatable({ |
||
ORIGIN = function( self, k ) |
ORIGIN = function ( self, k ) |
||
local dummy = self[k]; |
local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded. |
||
return origin[k]; |
return origin[k]; |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 658: | Line 820: | ||
if type( list ) == 'table' then |
if type( list ) == 'table' then |
||
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, ' |
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); |
||
if origin[k] == nil then |
if origin[k] == nil then |
||
origin[k] = ''; |
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif list ~= nil then |
elseif list ~= nil then |
||
Line 667: | Line 829: | ||
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error? |
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error? |
||
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; |
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; |
||
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] ); |
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k); |
||
end |
end |
||
-- Empty strings, not nil; |
-- Empty strings, not nil; |
||
if v == nil then |
if v == nil then |
||
v = |
v = ''; |
||
origin[k] = ''; |
origin[k] = ''; |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 680: | Line 842: | ||
end, |
end, |
||
}); |
}); |
||
end |
|||
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|||
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist. |
|||
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: |
|||
true - active, supported parameters |
|||
false - deprecated, supported parameters |
|||
nil - unsupported parameters |
|||
]] |
|||
local function validate( name ) |
|||
local name = tostring( name ); |
|||
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; |
|||
-- Normal arguments |
|||
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter |
|||
if false == state then |
|||
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported |
|||
return true; |
|||
end |
|||
-- Arguments with numbers in them |
|||
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last# |
|||
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ]; |
|||
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter |
|||
if false == state then |
|||
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported |
|||
return true; |
|||
end |
|||
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil |
|||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E > |
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >------------------------- |
||
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. |
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. |
||
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: |
|||
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY |
|||
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. |
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. |
||
Line 726: | Line 856: | ||
local function nowrap_date (date) |
local function nowrap_date (date) |
||
local cap=''; |
local cap = ''; |
||
local cap2=''; |
local cap2 = ''; |
||
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then |
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then |
||
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); |
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); |
||
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then |
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then |
||
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); |
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); |
||
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); |
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 740: | Line 870: | ||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------------------------------------- |
|||
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >--------------------- |
|||
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. |
|||
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none). |
|||
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |
|||
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the |
|||
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation |
|||
(|type=none). |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) |
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) |
||
if is_set(title_type) then |
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then |
||
if |
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then |
||
title_type = |
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed |
||
end |
end |
||
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value |
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value |
||
Line 759: | Line 892: | ||
--[[--------------------------< |
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >----------------------------- |
||
Converts a hyphen to a dash |
|||
]] |
|||
local function hyphen_to_dash( str ) |
|||
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then |
|||
return str; |
|||
end |
|||
return str:gsub( '-', '–' ); |
|||
end |
|||
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------ |
|||
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. |
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. |
||
Line 780: | Line 899: | ||
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) |
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) |
||
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character' |
|||
--[[ |
|||
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions |
|||
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions. |
|||
f.gsub = string.gsub |
|||
f.match = string.match |
|||
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as |
|||
f.sub = string.sub |
|||
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings |
|||
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions |
|||
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8. |
|||
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub |
|||
]] |
|||
f.match = mw.ustring.match |
|||
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub |
|||
end |
|||
local str = ''; -- the output string |
local str = ''; -- the output string |
||
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? |
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? |
||
Line 798: | Line 920: | ||
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) |
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) |
||
elseif value ~= '' then |
elseif value ~= '' then |
||
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- |
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. |
||
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove |
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string) |
||
else |
else |
||
comp = value; |
comp = value; |
||
end |
end |
||
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc |
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc |
||
if |
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character? |
||
-- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for |
-- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the |
||
-- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc? |
-- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.? |
||
trim = false; |
trim = false; |
||
end_chr = |
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string |
||
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" |
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff? |
||
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator |
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator |
||
str = |
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it |
||
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be |
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup |
||
if |
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' |
||
str = |
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' |
||
elseif |
elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' |
||
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? |
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? |
||
elseif |
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' |
||
trim = true; -- same question |
trim = true; -- same question |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be |
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup |
||
if |
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink |
||
trim = true; |
|||
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link |
|||
trim = true; |
trim = true; |
||
elseif |
elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link |
||
trim = true; |
trim = true; |
||
elseif |
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. |
||
trim = true; |
trim = true; |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space |
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space |
||
if |
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> |
||
str = |
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if trim then |
if trim then |
||
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains |
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup |
||
local dup2 = duplicate_char; |
local dup2 = duplicate_char; |
||
if |
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it |
||
value = |
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup |
||
else |
else |
||
value = |
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
str = str .. value; |
str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
return str; |
return str; |
||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X > |
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >----------------------------- |
||
returns true |
returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9. |
||
Puncutation not allowed. |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local function is_suffix (suffix) |
local function is_suffix (suffix) |
||
if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then |
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then |
||
return true; |
return true; |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 865: | Line 990: | ||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------- |
|||
--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >------------------- |
|||
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name |
|||
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character. |
|||
For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin |
|||
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. |
|||
(read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical |
|||
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do. |
|||
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin |
|||
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that |
|||
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this |
|||
so editors may/must. |
|||
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined |
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined |
||
in the four Unicode Latin character sets |
|||
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A |
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A |
||
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF |
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF |
||
Line 878: | Line 1,007: | ||
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F |
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F |
||
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. |
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. |
||
(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |
|||
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods |
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods |
||
This original test: |
This original test: |
||
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") |
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") |
||
or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then |
|||
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. |
|||
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor |
|||
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary |
|||
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has |
|||
to use an external editor to maintain this code. |
|||
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes |
|||
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor |
|||
to maintain this code. |
|||
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö |
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) |
||
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö |
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) |
||
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ |
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) |
||
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ |
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B) |
||
]] |
]] |
||
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first) |
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position) |
||
if not suffix then |
|||
local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it |
|||
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix |
|||
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials |
|||
if is_set (suffix) then |
|||
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then |
|||
if not is_suffix (suffix) then |
if not is_suffix (suffix) then |
||
add_vanc_error ( |
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); |
||
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix |
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or |
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%']*$") or |
||
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then |
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%'%.]*$") then |
||
add_vanc_error ('non-Latin |
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position); |
||
return false; -- not a string of |
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization |
||
end; |
end; |
||
return true; |
return true; |
||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ |
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ |
||
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list- |
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc. |
||
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period |
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. |
||
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. |
|||
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered |
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered |
||
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. |
|||
This code only accepts and understands generaltional suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. |
|||
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format |
|||
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. |
|||
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the |
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the |
||
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local function reduce_to_initials(first) |
local function reduce_to_initials (first, position) |
||
if first:find (',', 1, true) then |
|||
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); |
|||
return first; -- commas not allowed; abandon |
|||
end |
|||
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); |
|||
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix |
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix |
||
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just |
name = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials? |
||
end |
end |
||
if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix |
if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix |
||
if 3 > |
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials |
||
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix |
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix |
||
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? |
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? |
||
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do |
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do |
||
else |
else |
||
add_vanc_error ( |
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message |
||
return first; -- and return first unmolested |
return first; -- and return first unmolested |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 946: | Line 1,092: | ||
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word |
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word |
||
local initials_t, names_t = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials |
|||
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials |
|||
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials |
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials |
||
names_t = mw.text.split (first, '[%s%-]+'); -- split into a sequence of names and possible suffix |
|||
while |
while names_t[i] do -- loop through the sequence |
||
if 1 < i and |
if 1 < i and names_t[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) |
||
names_t[i] = names_t[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present |
|||
if is_suffix ( |
if is_suffix (names_t[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix |
||
table.insert ( |
table.insert (initials_t, ' ' .. names_t[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials sequence |
||
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name |
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name |
||
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization |
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization |
||
end |
end |
||
if 3 > i then |
if 3 > i then |
||
table.insert ( |
table.insert (initials_t, mw.ustring.sub (names_t[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials sequence |
||
end |
end |
||
i = i+1; -- bump the counter |
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter |
||
end |
end |
||
return table.concat (initials_t); -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. |
|||
-- for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do -- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods |
|||
-- table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops. |
|||
-- i = i + 1; -- bump the counter |
|||
-- if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit |
|||
-- end |
|||
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. |
|||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >------------------------------------------------------- |
|||
--[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >---------------------------------- |
|||
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) |
|||
extract interwiki prefixen from <value>. Returns two one or two values: |
|||
false – no prefixen |
|||
nil – prefix exists but not recognized |
|||
project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of: |
|||
:<project>:<language>:<article> |
|||
:<language>:<project>:<article> |
|||
project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix |
|||
nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix |
|||
accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this |
|||
writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and |
|||
v (wikiversity)) are not supported. |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local function |
local function interwiki_prefixen_get (value, is_link) |
||
if not value:find (':%l+:') then -- if no prefix |
|||
return false; -- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later |
|||
end |
|||
local prefix_patterns_linked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen |
|||
'^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; project and language prefixes |
|||
'^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; language and project prefixes |
|||
'^%[%[:([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; project prefix |
|||
'^%[%[:(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; language prefix |
|||
} |
|||
local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen |
|||
'^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- project and language prefixes |
|||
'^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- language and project prefixes |
|||
'^:([dsw]):', -- project prefix |
|||
'^:(%l%l+):', -- language prefix |
|||
} |
|||
local cap1, cap2; |
|||
for _, pattern in ipairs ((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do |
|||
cap1, cap2 = value:match (pattern); |
|||
if cap1 then |
|||
break; -- found a match so stop looking |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
if cap1 and cap2 then -- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed) |
|||
if 1 == #cap1 then -- length == 1 then :project:language: |
|||
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? |
|||
return cap1, cap2; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language |
|||
end |
|||
else -- here when :language:project: |
|||
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? |
|||
return cap2, cap1; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
return nil; -- unknown interwiki language |
|||
elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then -- both are nil? |
|||
return nil; -- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail |
|||
elseif 1 == #cap1 then -- here when one capture |
|||
return cap1, nil; -- length is 1 so return project, nil language |
|||
else -- here when one capture and its length it more than 1 |
|||
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? |
|||
return nil, cap1; -- return nil project, language |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------- |
|||
Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators) |
|||
names in the list will be linked when |
|||
|<name>-link= has a value |
|||
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been |
|||
rendered previously so should have been linked there |
|||
when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered |
|||
]] |
|||
local function list_people (control, people, etal) |
|||
local sep; |
local sep; |
||
local namesep; |
local namesep; |
||
local format = control.format |
local format = control.format; |
||
local maximum = control.maximum |
local maximum = control.maximum; |
||
local |
local name_list = {}; |
||
local text = {} |
|||
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like |
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling? |
||
sep = ' |
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma |
||
namesep = ' |
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space |
||
else |
else |
||
sep = '; |
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon |
||
namesep = ' |
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space> |
||
end |
end |
||
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end |
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end |
||
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end |
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names |
||
for i,person in ipairs(people) do |
for i, person in ipairs (people) do |
||
if is_set(person.last) then |
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then |
||
local mask = person.mask |
local mask = person.mask; |
||
local one |
local one; |
||
local sep_one = sep; |
local sep_one = sep; |
||
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then |
|||
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then |
|||
etal = true; |
etal = true; |
||
break; |
break; |
||
end |
|||
elseif (mask ~= nil) then |
|||
local n = tonumber(mask) |
|||
if mask then |
|||
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else |
|||
one = string.rep("—",n) |
|||
if n then |
|||
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("—", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name |
|||
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil |
|||
else |
else |
||
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator) |
|||
one = mask; |
|||
sep_one = " "; |
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator |
||
end |
end |
||
else |
else |
||
one = person.last |
one = person.last; -- get surname |
||
local first = person.first |
local first = person.first -- get given name |
||
if is_set(first) then |
if utilities.is_set (first) then |
||
if ( |
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format |
||
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |
||
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then |
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested |
||
first = reduce_to_initials(first) |
first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
one = one .. namesep .. first |
one = one .. namesep .. first; |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
|||
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then |
|||
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then |
|||
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page |
|||
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor |
|||
end |
|||
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement) |
|||
local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get (one, true); -- get the interwiki prefixen if present |
|||
if 'w' == proj and ('Wikipedia' == mw.site.namespaces.Project['name']) then |
|||
proj = nil; -- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat? |
|||
end |
end |
||
if proj then |
|||
local proj_name = ({['d'] = 'Wikidata', ['s'] = 'Wikisource', ['w'] = 'Wikipedia'})[proj]; -- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project |
|||
if proj_name then |
|||
one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interproj', proj_name); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name |
|||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('interproj-linked-name', proj); -- categorize it; <proj> is sort key |
|||
tag = nil; -- unset; don't do both project and language |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then |
|||
tag = nil; -- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat? |
|||
end |
|||
if tag then |
|||
local lang = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; |
|||
if lang then -- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names |
|||
one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interwiki', lang); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name |
|||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('interwiki-linked-name', tag); -- categorize it; <tag> is sort key |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names |
|||
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator |
|||
end |
end |
||
table.insert( text, one ) |
|||
table.insert( text, sep_one ) |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
local count = # |
local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 |
||
if |
if 0 < count then |
||
if |
if 1 < count and not etal then |
||
if 'amp' == format then |
|||
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text |
|||
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text |
|||
elseif 'and' == format then |
|||
if 2 == count then |
|||
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text |
|||
else |
|||
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator |
|||
end |
end |
||
local result = table.concat( |
local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list |
||
if etal and is_set (result) then |
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list |
||
result = result .. sep |
result = result .. sep .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al. |
||
end |
end |
||
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only) |
|||
return result, count |
|||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------ |
|||
--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >----------------------- |
|||
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string. |
|||
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise |
|||
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year. |
|||
returns an empty string. |
|||
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that |
|||
order. year is Year or anchor_year. |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local function anchor_id (namelist, year) |
|||
local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year) |
|||
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year |
|||
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year |
|||
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names |
|||
names[i] = v.last |
|||
names[i] = v.last |
|||
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done |
|||
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done |
|||
end |
end |
||
table.insert (names, year); |
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end |
||
local id = table.concat(names); |
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id |
||
if is_set (id) then |
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string |
||
return "CITEREF" .. id; |
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion |
||
else |
else |
||
return ''; |
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< |
--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------ |
||
construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation. |
|||
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al. If found, |
|||
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. |
|||
<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template |
|||
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by |
|||
<mode> – value from |mode= parameter |
|||
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local function |
local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode) |
||
local class_t = {}; |
|||
table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight |
|||
if 'citation' ~= cite_class then |
|||
table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css |
|||
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript |
|||
else |
|||
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript |
|||
end |
|||
for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do |
|||
table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript |
|||
end |
|||
return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done |
|||
end |
|||
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme |
|||
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al. |
|||
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >-------------------------- |
|||
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on |
|||
the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and |
|||
the function returns the modified name and the flag. |
|||
This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because |
|||
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated |
|||
|display-<names>=etal parameter |
|||
]] |
|||
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param) |
|||
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return |
|||
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration |
|||
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns |
|||
if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name |
|||
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text |
|||
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) |
|||
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal) |
|||
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
|||
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'? |
|||
end |
|||
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove |
|||
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) |
|||
return name, etal; |
|||
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= |
|||
end |
|||
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added |
|||
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >---------------------- |
|||
Add an error message and category when <name> parameter value does not contain letters. |
|||
Add a maintenance category when <name> parameter value has numeric characters mixed with characters that are |
|||
not numeric characters; could be letters and/or punctuation characters. |
|||
This function will only emit one error and one maint message for the current template. Does not emit both error |
|||
and maint messages/categories for the same parameter value. |
|||
returns nothing |
|||
]] |
|||
local function name_is_numeric (name, name_alias, list_name) |
|||
local patterns = { |
|||
'^%D+%d', -- <name> must have digits preceded by other characters |
|||
'^%D*%d+%D+', -- <name> must have digits followed by other characters |
|||
} |
|||
if not added_numeric_name_errs and mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- if we have not already set an error message and <name> does not have any alpha characters |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_numeric_names', name_alias); -- add an error message |
|||
added_numeric_name_errs = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one error message |
|||
return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon |
|||
end |
|||
if not added_numeric_name_maint then -- if we have already set a maint message |
|||
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through list of patterns |
|||
if mw.ustring.match (name, pattern) then -- digits preceded or followed by anything but digits; %D+ includes punctuation |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template |
|||
added_numeric_name_maint = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one maint message |
|||
return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
return name, etal; -- |
|||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------- |
|||
--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------ |
|||
Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are |
|||
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon. If found, the function adds the multiple name |
|||
Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names. |
|||
(author or editor) maintenance category. |
|||
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped" |
|||
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities. |
|||
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category. |
|||
Same test for first except that commas should not appear in given names (MOS:JR says |
|||
that the generational suffix does not take a separator character). Titles, degrees, |
|||
postnominals, affiliations, all normally comma separated don't belong in a citation. |
|||
<name> – name parameter value |
|||
<list_name> – AuthorList, EditorList, etc |
|||
<limit> – number of allowed commas; 1 (default) for surnames; 0 for given names |
|||
returns nothing |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name) |
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name, limit) |
||
local |
local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps; |
||
limit = limit and limit or 1; |
|||
if is_set (name) then |
|||
if utilities.is_set (name) then |
|||
if name:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, ignore |
|||
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas |
|||
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons |
|||
else |
|||
-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in |
|||
_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters |
|||
-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the |
|||
-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add |
|||
if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separactor character is acceptable |
|||
-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new |
|||
add_maint_cat ('mult_names', list_name:lower()); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template |
|||
-- entities |
|||
_, nbsps = name:gsub (' ',''); -- count nbsps |
|||
-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per entity, so subtract nbsps |
|||
-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added, |
|||
-- they also can be subtracted. |
|||
if limit < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >---------------------------------------------------------- |
|||
Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call. |
|||
<item> can have on of two values: |
|||
'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc |
|||
'generic_titles' – for |title= |
|||
There are two types of generic tests. The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the |
|||
'reject' test. For example, |
|||
|author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]] |
|||
would be rejected by the 'author' reject test. But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be |
|||
rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening. Accept tests are always performed before reject |
|||
tests. |
|||
Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local']) |
|||
that each can hold a test sequence table The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index |
|||
[2], a boolean control value. The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true) |
|||
or a pattern search (false). The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so |
|||
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles. |
|||
Returns |
|||
true when a reject test finds the pattern or string |
|||
false when an accept test finds the pattern or string |
|||
nil else |
|||
]=] |
|||
local function is_generic (item, value, wiki) |
|||
local test_val; |
|||
local str_lower = { -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local']) |
|||
['en'] = string.lower, |
|||
['local'] = mw.ustring.lower, |
|||
} |
|||
local str_find = { -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local']) |
|||
['en'] = string.find, |
|||
['local'] = mw.ustring.find, |
|||
} |
|||
local function test (val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions |
|||
val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val; -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value |
|||
return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]); -- return nil when not found or matched |
|||
end |
|||
local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'}; -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns |
|||
local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'}; -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second |
|||
for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do -- for each test type |
|||
for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject |
|||
for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do |
|||
if generic_value[wiki] then |
|||
if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test |
|||
return ('reject' == test_type); -- param value rejected, return true; false else |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
return name; -- and done |
|||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------- |
|||
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------ |
|||
calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the |
|||
parameter name used in error messaging |
|||
]] |
|||
local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias) |
|||
if not added_generic_name_errs and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message |
|||
added_generic_name_errs = true; |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >-------------------------------------------------------- |
|||
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters. |
|||
]] |
|||
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias) |
|||
local accept_name; |
|||
if utilities.is_set (last) then |
|||
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last> |
|||
if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup |
|||
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter |
|||
name_is_numeric (last, last_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters |
|||
name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
if utilities.is_set (first) then |
|||
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first> |
|||
if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup |
|||
name_has_mult_names (first, list_name, 0); -- check for multiple names in the parameter; 0 is number of allowed commas in a given name |
|||
name_is_numeric (first, first_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters |
|||
name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list |
|||
end |
|||
local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first); |
|||
if 0 ~= wl_type then |
|||
first = D; |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias); |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
return last, first; -- done |
|||
end |
|||
--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >------------------------- |
|||
Gets name list from the input arguments |
Gets name list from the input arguments |
||
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters |
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters |
||
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching |
|||
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't |
|||
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: |
|||
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done. |
|||
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the |
|||
search is done. |
|||
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |
||
|lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= |
|||
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=. |
|||
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not |
|||
required to have a matching |firstn=. |
|||
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' |
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' |
||
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() |
|||
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the |
|||
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps |
|||
template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category. |
|||
'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, an error is emitted. |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local function extract_names(args, list_name) |
local function extract_names(args, list_name) |
||
local names = {}; -- table of names |
local names = {}; -- table of names |
||
local last; -- individual name components |
local last; -- individual name components |
||
local first; |
local first; |
||
local link; |
local link; |
||
local mask; |
local mask; |
||
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer |
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer |
||
local n = 1; -- output table indexer |
local n = 1; -- output table indexer |
||
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) |
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) |
||
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter |
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter |
||
local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging |
|||
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary |
|||
while true do |
while true do |
||
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], ' |
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 |
||
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], ' |
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); |
||
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], ' |
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); |
||
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], ' |
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); |
||
if last then -- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name |
|||
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. |
|||
local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (last, true); -- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked |
|||
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. |
|||
if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil |
|||
last = name_has_mult_names (last, err_msg_list_name); -- check for multiple names in last and its aliases |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', last_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki? |
|||
last = utilities.remove_wiki_link (last); -- remove wikilink markup; show display value only |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
if link then -- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix |
|||
local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (link, false); -- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error |
|||
if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', link_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki? |
|||
link = nil; -- unset so we don't link |
|||
link_alias = nil; |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. |
|||
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. |
|||
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks |
|||
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn |
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn |
||
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', { |
|||
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate |
|||
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form |
|||
}); -- add this error message |
|||
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? |
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? |
||
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first |
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first |
||
Line 1,178: | Line 1,655: | ||
end |
end |
||
else -- we have last with or without a first |
else -- we have last with or without a first |
||
local result; |
|||
link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup |
|||
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup |
|||
if first then |
|||
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup |
|||
end |
|||
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) |
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) |
||
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table |
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table |
||
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing |
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message |
|||
end |
end |
||
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names |
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names |
||
Line 1,190: | Line 1,672: | ||
end |
end |
||
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names |
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag |
||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------ |
|||
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------ |
|||
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code. |
|||
attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else. |
|||
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect |
|||
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is |
|||
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we |
|||
return the original language name string. |
|||
This function looks for: |
|||
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') return a list of languages that in some cases may include |
|||
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_tag_remap{} |
|||
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support |
|||
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{} |
|||
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. |
|||
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t |
|||
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t |
|||
when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize. Strip all |
|||
script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag |
|||
and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{} |
|||
on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil |
|||
Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example, |
|||
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found |
|||
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name. |
|||
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1. |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local function |
local function name_tag_get (lang_param) |
||
local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables |
|||
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia |
|||
local name; |
|||
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa) |
|||
local tag; |
|||
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons |
|||
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name |
|||
if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name |
|||
if cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] ~= lang_param_lc then |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added |
|||
return name, cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2]; -- so return name and tag from lang_name_remap[name]; special case to xlate sr-ec and sr-el to sr-cyrl and sr-latn |
|||
end |
|||
return name, lang_param_lc; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc> |
|||
end |
|||
tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags |
|||
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only |
|||
if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name |
|||
return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag> |
|||
end |
|||
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a remapped tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag |
|||
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag |
|||
end |
|||
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name |
|||
if name then |
|||
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language |
|||
return name, lang_param_lc; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name> |
|||
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then |
|||
end |
|||
if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported |
|||
return name; -- so return the name but not the code |
|||
tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag |
|||
end |
|||
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code |
|||
if tag then |
|||
return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag> |
|||
end |
|||
tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else |
|||
if tag then |
|||
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag> |
|||
if name then |
|||
return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code |
|||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------ |
|||
--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------ |
|||
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, |
|||
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter. |
|||
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code |
|||
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that |
|||
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned |
|||
was provided with the language parameter. |
|||
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. |
|||
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is |
|||
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character |
|||
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). |
|||
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not. |
|||
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category |
|||
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. |
|||
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does |
|||
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are |
|||
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is |
|||
separated from each other by commas. |
|||
recognized but code 'ara' is not. |
|||
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th |
|||
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with |
|||
optional space characters. |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local function language_parameter (lang) |
local function language_parameter (lang) |
||
local |
local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags |
||
local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag |
|||
local name; -- the language name |
local name; -- the language name |
||
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered |
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered |
||
local |
local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= |
||
local |
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name |
||
local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code |
|||
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name |
|||
names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list |
|||
for _, lang in ipairs ( |
for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag |
||
name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase |
|||
if utilities.is_set (tag) then |
|||
if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag? |
|||
lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag |
|||
end |
|||
if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language |
|||
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code |
|||
if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag |
|||
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code |
|||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization |
|||
end |
|||
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag) |
|||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template? |
|||
if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code |
|||
code = lang:lower(); -- save it |
|||
else |
|||
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization) |
|||
end |
|||
if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes |
|||
if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language |
|||
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code |
|||
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code}) -- categorize it |
|||
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code) |
|||
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2', {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template |
|||
end |
end |
||
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled |
|||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it |
|||
end |
end |
||
else |
else |
||
name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added |
|||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,289: | Line 1,796: | ||
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it |
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it |
||
end |
end |
||
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list); |
|||
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list |
|||
if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English' |
|||
if 2 >= code then |
|||
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names |
|||
elseif 2 < code then |
|||
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>' |
|||
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators |
|||
end |
|||
if this_wiki_name == name then |
|||
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) |
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) |
||
end |
end |
||
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' |
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' |
||
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list |
|||
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format |
|||
]] |
|||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- |
|||
--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >-------------------------- |
|||
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings |
|||
Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode. |
|||
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default. |
|||
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'. |
|||
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','. |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local function |
local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode) |
||
if utilities.is_set(postscript) then |
|||
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something |
|||
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript |
|||
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period |
|||
-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style |
|||
if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); |
|||
end |
|||
else |
|||
postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode]; |
|||
end |
end |
||
return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript; |
|||
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop |
|||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- |
|||
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >----------------------------- |
|||
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings |
|||
Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the |
|||
]] |
|||
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none. |
|||
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref) |
|||
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default |
|||
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil |
|||
end |
|||
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set |
|||
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv |
|||
end |
|||
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma |
|||
end |
|||
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >---------------------- |
|||
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish |
|||
rendered style. |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local function |
local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class) |
||
local sep; |
local sep; |
||
if 'cs2' == mode then |
|||
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2) |
|||
sep, |
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); |
||
elseif 'cs1' == mode then |
|||
else -- not a citation template so CS1 |
|||
sep, |
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); |
||
elseif 'citation' == cite_class then |
|||
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); |
|||
else |
|||
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); |
|||
end |
end |
||
if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then |
|||
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all |
|||
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript |
|||
end |
|||
-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style |
|||
if 'cs2' == mode or ('cs1' ~= mode and 'citation' == cite_class) then -- {{citation |title=Title |mode=cs1 |postscript=none}} should not emit maint message |
|||
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------ |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); |
|||
end |
|||
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses |
|||
postscript = ''; |
|||
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style. |
|||
]] |
|||
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class) |
|||
local sep; |
|||
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style |
|||
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); |
|||
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style |
|||
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); |
|||
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2 |
|||
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass |
|||
end |
|||
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then |
|||
ps = ''; -- set to empty string |
|||
end |
end |
||
return sep, |
return sep, postscript |
||
end |
end |
||
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------ |
|||
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >----------------------------------- |
|||
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when |
|||
applying the pdf icon to external links. |
|||
Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions |
|||
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links. |
|||
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false |
|||
]=] |
]=] |
||
local function is_pdf (url) |
local function is_pdf (url) |
||
return url:match ('%.pdf |
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or |
||
url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or |
|||
url:match ('%.PDF#') or url:match ('%.pdf#'); |
|||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------ |
|||
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >----------------------- |
|||
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does |
|||
not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that |
|||
Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message |
|||
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with |
|||
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter |
|||
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document |
|||
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with |
|||
the appropriate styling. |
the appropriate styling. |
||
Line 1,396: | Line 1,890: | ||
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) |
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) |
||
if is_set (format) then |
if utilities.is_set (format) then |
||
format = wrap_style ('format', format); |
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize |
||
if not is_set (url) then |
if not utilities.is_set (url) then |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message |
|||
end |
end |
||
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if |
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then |
||
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); |
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF |
||
else |
else |
||
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation |
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation |
||
Line 1,409: | Line 1,903: | ||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------ |
|||
--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------ |
|||
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag |
|||
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. |
|||
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor |
|||
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and |
|||
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. |
|||
some variant of the text 'et al.'). |
|||
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is |
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, |
||
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default |
|||
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). |
|||
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number |
|||
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. |
|||
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' |
|||
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. |
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. |
||
inputs: |
inputs: |
||
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal |
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors'], etc; a number or some flavor of etal |
||
count: #a or #e |
count: #a or #e |
||
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' |
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' |
||
etal: author_etal or editor_etal |
etal: author_etal or editor_etal |
||
This function sets an error message when |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names but |
|||
not when <max> comes from {{cs1 config}} global settings. When using global settings, <param> is set to the |
|||
keyword 'cs1 config' which is used to supress the normal error. Error is suppressed because it is to be expected |
|||
that some citations in an article will have the same or fewer names that the limit specified in {{cs1 config}}. |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local function |
local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param) |
||
if is_set (max) then |
if utilities.is_set (max) then |
||
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings |
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings |
||
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. |
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. |
||
Line 1,439: | Line 1,939: | ||
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers |
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers |
||
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number |
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number |
||
if max >= count then |
if (max >= count) and ('cs1 config' ~= param) then -- error when local |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names; not an error when using global setting |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message |
|||
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name); |
|||
max = nil; |
|||
end |
end |
||
else -- not a valid keyword or number |
else -- not a valid keyword or number |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message |
|||
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set |
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,451: | Line 1,952: | ||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------ |
|||
--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >--------------- |
|||
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. |
|||
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. |
|||
Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be |
|||
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value: |
|||
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. |
|||
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit |
|||
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP |
|||
check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value: |
|||
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px |
|||
where x and X are letters and # is a digit |
|||
bad pattern: '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local function extra_text_in_page_check ( |
local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name) |
||
if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then |
|||
-- local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]'; |
|||
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns |
|||
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg? |
|||
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so |
|||
-- local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]'; |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message |
|||
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]'; |
|||
return; -- and done |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then |
|||
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------ |
|||
add_maint_cat ('extra_text'); |
|||
Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator. Applies to |
|||
both; this function looks for issue text in both |issue= and |volume= and looks for volume-like text in |voluem= |
|||
and |issue=. |
|||
For |volume=: |
|||
'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter |
|||
content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so |
|||
are allowed. |
|||
For |issue=: |
|||
'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the |
|||
parameter content (all case insensitive); numero styling: 'n°' with degree sign U+00B0, and № precomposed |
|||
numero sign U+2116. |
|||
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or |
|||
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module. |
|||
<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value |
|||
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message |
|||
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue= |
|||
sets error message on failure; returns nothing |
|||
]] |
|||
local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector) |
|||
if not utilities.is_set (val) then |
|||
return; |
|||
end |
end |
||
-- if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or |
|||
local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue'; |
|||
-- Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then |
|||
val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case |
|||
-- add_maint_cat ('extra_text'); |
|||
-- end |
|||
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vi_patterns_t) do -- spin through the sequence table of patterns |
|||
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so |
|||
utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message |
|||
return; -- and done |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >---------------------------------------------- |
|||
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled |
|||
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the |
|||
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked |
|||
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.)) |
|||
]=] |
|||
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) |
|||
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas |
|||
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder |
|||
local i = 1; |
|||
while name_table[i] do |
|||
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses |
|||
local name = name_table[i]; |
|||
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment |
|||
while name_table[i] do |
|||
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments |
|||
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses |
|||
break; -- and done reassembling so |
|||
end |
|||
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer |
|||
end |
|||
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table |
|||
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink |
|||
else |
|||
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] |
|||
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name |
|||
if 1 == wl_type then |
|||
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]] |
|||
else |
|||
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
i = i + 1; |
|||
end |
|||
return output_table; |
|||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,485: | Line 2,072: | ||
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names |
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names |
||
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance |
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance |
||
tests, are wrapped in doubled |
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. |
||
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. |
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. |
||
This function sets the |
This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. |
||
]] |
]] |
||
Line 1,496: | Line 2,083: | ||
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= |
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= |
||
local v_name_table = {}; |
local v_name_table = {}; |
||
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table |
|||
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter |
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter |
||
local last, first, link, mask, suffix; |
local last, first, link, mask, suffix; |
||
Line 1,501: | Line 2,089: | ||
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) |
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) |
||
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas |
|||
if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]') then -- no wikilinking vauthors names |
|||
add_vanc_error ('wikilink'); |
|||
end |
|||
v_name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*") -- names are separated by commas |
|||
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do |
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do |
||
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor |
|||
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection |
|||
local accept_name; |
|||
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor |
|||
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name> |
|||
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses |
|||
if accept_name then |
|||
last = v_name; |
|||
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() |
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() |
||
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then |
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then |
||
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; |
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; |
||
add_vanc_error ( |
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i); |
||
end |
end |
||
local lastfirstTable = {} |
local lastfirstTable = {} |
||
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s") |
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+") |
||
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be |
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix |
||
if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix |
|||
if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters |
|||
suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and |
|||
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix |
|||
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table |
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table |
||
end |
|||
end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits? |
|||
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, |
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix |
||
if not utilities.is_set (last) then |
|||
first = ''; -- unset |
|||
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first |
|||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i); |
|||
end |
|||
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then |
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then |
||
add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); |
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing |
||
end |
end |
||
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test |
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test |
||
add_vanc_error ( |
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials |
||
end |
end |
||
else |
else |
||
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor |
|||
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? |
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (first) then |
if utilities.is_set (first) then |
||
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else |
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else |
||
add_vanc_error ( |
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials |
||
end |
end |
||
is_good_vanc_name (last, first); |
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit |
||
if is_set (suffix) then |
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then |
||
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials |
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials |
||
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names |
|||
end |
end |
||
else |
else |
||
if not corporate then |
|||
is_good_vanc_name (last, ''); |
|||
is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i); |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; |
|||
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); |
|||
-- this from extract_names () |
|||
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list |
|||
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); |
|||
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); |
|||
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list |
|||
end |
end |
||
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names |
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names |
||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ |
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ |
||
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or |
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or |
||
select one of |
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. |
||
Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest |
Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest; |
||
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn) |
|||
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second |
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second |
||
Line 1,569: | Line 2,164: | ||
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. |
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. |
||
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors |
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate. |
||
]] |
]] |
||
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) |
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) |
||
local lastfirst = false; |
local lastfirst = false; |
||
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice |
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... |
||
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '- |
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= |
||
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or |
|||
lastfirst=true; |
|||
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then |
|||
lastfirst = true; |
|||
end |
end |
||
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or |
if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions |
||
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or |
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or |
||
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then |
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then |
||
local err_name; |
local err_name; |
||
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message |
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message |
||
Line 1,589: | Line 2,186: | ||
err_name = 'editor'; |
err_name = 'editor'; |
||
end |
end |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters'); -- add error message |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', |
|||
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message |
|||
end |
end |
||
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use |
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use |
||
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; |
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; |
||
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; |
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; |
||
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last |
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,603: | Line 2,199: | ||
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number |
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number |
||
of allowable values (yes, y, true, |
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing |
||
in the source template) the function |
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one |
||
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value |
|||
specified by ret_val. |
|||
TODO: explain <invert> |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible) |
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert) |
||
if not is_set (value) then |
if not utilities.is_set (value) then |
||
return |
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok |
||
end |
|||
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then |
|||
return true; |
|||
if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table |
|||
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword |
|||
elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table |
|||
return value; -- return <value> as it is |
|||
else |
else |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message |
|||
return |
return ret_val; |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,631: | Line 2,234: | ||
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) |
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) |
||
if (string.sub (name_list, |
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated |
||
return name_list; -- just return the name list |
|||
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char |
|||
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another |
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another |
||
else |
else |
||
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise |
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >---------------------------------------- |
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------- |
||
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue |
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single |
||
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. |
string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. |
||
]] |
]] |
||
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) |
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) |
||
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then |
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) and not utilities.is_set (article) then |
||
return ''; |
return ''; |
||
end |
end |
||
-- same condition as in format_pages_sheets() |
|||
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); |
|||
local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits? |
|||
local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters? |
|||
if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters? |
|||
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then |
|||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat |
|||
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then |
|||
end |
|||
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower); |
|||
elseif is_set (volume) then |
|||
if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting |
|||
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower); |
|||
local vol = ''; |
|||
else |
|||
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); |
|||
if utilities.is_set (volume) then |
|||
if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals? |
|||
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face |
|||
elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters? |
|||
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold |
|||
else -- four or fewer characters |
|||
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (issue) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue) or '') |
|||
vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (article) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-article-num'], article) or '') |
|||
return vol; |
|||
end |
end |
||
if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then |
|||
local vol = ''; |
|||
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); |
|||
end |
|||
if is_set (volume) then |
|||
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then |
|||
if 'conference' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (article) then -- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites |
|||
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); |
|||
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (article) then -- both volume and article number |
|||
else |
|||
return wrap_msg ('vol-art', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), article}, lower); |
|||
elseif utilities.is_set (article) then -- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below |
|||
return wrap_msg ('art', {sepc, article}, lower); |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (issue) then |
|||
-- all other types of citation |
|||
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue); |
|||
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then |
|||
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower); |
|||
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then |
|||
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower); |
|||
else |
|||
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); |
|||
end |
end |
||
return vol; |
|||
end |
end |
||
--[[-------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ P A G E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------- |
|||
not currently used |
|||
normalizes a comma, ampersand, and/or space separated list to be '<value>, <value>, ..., <value>' |
|||
returns list unchanged if there are no commas else strips whitespace and then reformats the list |
|||
]] |
|||
--[[ |
|||
local function normalize_page_list (list) |
|||
if not list:find ('[,& ]') then return list end -- if list is not delimited with commas, ampersands, or spaces; done |
|||
list = mw.text.split (list, '[,&%s]+'); -- make a table of values |
|||
list = table.concat (list, ', '); -- and now make a normalized list |
|||
return list; |
|||
end |
|||
]] |
|||
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- |
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- |
||
Line 1,711: | Line 2,318: | ||
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) |
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) |
||
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators |
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators |
||
if is_set (sheet) then |
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then |
||
if 'journal' == origin then |
if 'journal' == origin then |
||
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; |
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; |
||
Line 1,717: | Line 2,324: | ||
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; |
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif is_set (sheets) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then |
||
if 'journal' == origin then |
if 'journal' == origin then |
||
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); |
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); |
||
Line 1,726: | Line 2,333: | ||
end |
end |
||
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin); |
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); |
||
if is_set (page) then |
if utilities.is_set (page) then |
||
if is_journal then |
if is_journal then |
||
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; |
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; |
||
elseif not nopp then |
elseif not nopp then |
||
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; |
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; |
||
else |
else |
||
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; |
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif is_set(pages) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then |
||
if is_journal then |
if is_journal then |
||
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; |
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; |
||
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then |
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number |
||
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; |
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; |
||
elseif not nopp then |
elseif not nopp then |
||
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; |
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; |
||
else |
else |
||
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; |
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings |
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings |
||
end |
|||
--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >---------------------------------------------- |
|||
returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. |
|||
If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text |
|||
for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and |
|||
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it? |
|||
TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline; |
|||
TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned |
|||
to a new name)? |
|||
]] |
|||
local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at) |
|||
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?) |
|||
if utilities.is_set (page) then |
|||
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then |
|||
pages = ''; -- unset the others |
|||
at = ''; |
|||
end |
|||
extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. |
|||
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label |
|||
if ws_url then |
|||
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? |
|||
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page}); |
|||
coins_pages = ws_label; |
|||
end |
|||
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then |
|||
if utilities.is_set (at) then |
|||
at = ''; -- unset |
|||
end |
|||
extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. |
|||
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label |
|||
if ws_url then |
|||
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? |
|||
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages}); |
|||
coins_pages = ws_label; |
|||
end |
|||
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then |
|||
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label |
|||
if ws_url then |
|||
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? |
|||
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at}); |
|||
coins_pages = ws_label; |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
return page, pages, at, coins_pages; |
|||
end |
|||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------ |
|||
add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value |
|||
]] |
|||
local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date) |
|||
if utilities.is_set (archive) then |
|||
if archive == url or archive == c_url then |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message |
|||
return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url= |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
return archive, date; |
|||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,754: | Line 2,434: | ||
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- |
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- |
||
Check archive.org |
Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the |
||
save snapshot |
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages. When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) |
||
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the |
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow |
||
unwitting readers to do. |
unwitting readers to do. |
||
When the archive.org |
When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own |
||
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. |
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. |
||
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |
||
|archive-date= and an error message when: |
|archive-date= and an error message when: |
||
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command |
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL |
||
|archive-url= is an archive.org |
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the |
||
correct place |
correct place |
||
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= |
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= |
||
There are two mostly compatible archive.org |
There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs: |
||
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form |
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form |
||
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form |
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form |
||
Line 1,777: | Line 2,457: | ||
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. |
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. |
||
This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this |
This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified |
||
archive |
archive URL: |
||
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) |
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) |
||
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the |
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified |
||
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) |
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) |
||
A secondary function is to return an archive-url timestamp from those urls that have them (archive.org and |
|||
archive.today). The timestamp is used by validation.archive_date_check() to see if the value in |archive-date= |
|||
matches the timestamp in the archive url. |
|||
]=] |
]=] |
||
Line 1,787: | Line 2,471: | ||
local function archive_url_check (url, date) |
local function archive_url_check (url, date) |
||
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty |
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty |
||
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive. |
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL |
||
timestamp = url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d)/') or -- get timestamp from archive.today urls |
|||
url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%.%d%d%.%d%d%-%d%d%d%d%d%d)/'); -- this timestamp needs cleanup |
|||
if timestamp then -- if this was an archive.today url ... |
|||
return url, date, timestamp:gsub ('[%.%-]', ''); -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp (dots and dashes removed) from |archive-url=, and done |
|||
end |
|||
-- here for archive.org urls |
|||
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL |
|||
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate |
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate |
||
end |
end |
||
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command |
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page |
||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save; |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {'save command'}, true ) } ); -- add error message |
|||
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL |
|||
if Preview_mode then |
|||
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then |
|||
return url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1), date; -- preview mode: modify and return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate |
|||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb; |
|||
else |
|||
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation |
|||
if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match |
|||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; |
|||
elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here |
|||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; |
|||
if '*' ~= flag then |
|||
local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY) |
|||
if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year) |
|||
replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp |
|||
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element |
|||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path; |
|||
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element) |
|||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; |
|||
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) |
|||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; |
|||
else |
else |
||
return |
return url, date, timestamp; -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url= |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
-- if here, something not right so |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and |
|||
if is_preview_mode then |
|||
-- if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/web/%*/') or url:match('//web%.archive%.org/%*/') then -- wildcard with or without 'web/' path element |
|||
return url, date, timestamp; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url= |
|||
-- table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {'wildcard'}, true ) } ); -- add error message and |
|||
else |
|||
-- return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate |
|||
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate |
|||
-- end |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------------------- |
|||
check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because |
|||
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that) |
|||
returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits |
|||
]] |
|||
local function place_check (param_val) |
|||
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted |
|||
return param_val; -- return that empty state |
|||
end |
|||
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value |
|||
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat |
|||
end |
|||
return param_val; -- and done |
|||
if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here |
|||
end |
|||
err_msg = 'timestamp'; |
|||
if '*' ~= flag then |
|||
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat) |
|||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >---------------------------------------------- |
|||
compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else |
|||
]] |
|||
local function is_archived_copy (title) |
|||
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case |
|||
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy' |
|||
return true; |
|||
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then |
|||
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script |
|||
return true; |
|||
end |
end |
||
elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element |
|||
err_msg = 'path'; |
|||
elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element) |
|||
err_msg = 'flag'; |
|||
elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) |
|||
err_msg = 'flag'; |
|||
else |
|||
return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate |
|||
end |
|||
-- if here something not right so |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and |
|||
if Preview_mode then |
|||
return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate |
|||
else |
|||
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< |
--[[--------------------------< D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S _ S E L E C T >-------------------------------------- |
||
for any of the |display-authors=, |display-editors=, etc parameters, select either the local or global setting. |
|||
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal |
|||
When both are present, look at <local_display_names> value. When the value is some sort of 'et al.'string, |
|||
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a |
|||
special handling is required. |
|||
parameter that is missing its pipe: |
|||
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} |
|||
When {{cs1 config}} has |display-<namelist>= AND this template has |display-<namelist>=etal AND: |
|||
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html |
|||
the number of names specified by <number_of_names> is: |
|||
tags are removed before the search. |
|||
greater than the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter (<global_display_names>) |
|||
use global |display-<namelist>= parameter value |
|||
set overridden maint category |
|||
less than or equal to the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter |
|||
use local |display-<namelist>= parameter value |
|||
The purpose of this function is to prevent categorizing a template that has fewer names than the global setting |
|||
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. |
|||
to keep the etal annotation specified by <local_display_names>. |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local function display_names_select (global_display_names, local_display_names, param_name, number_of_names, test) |
|||
local function missing_pipe_check (value) |
|||
if global_display_names and utilities.is_set (local_display_names) then -- when both |
|||
local capture; |
|||
if 'etal' == local_display_names:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings |
|||
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc |
|||
number_of_names = tonumber (number_of_names); -- convert these to numbers for comparison |
|||
local global_display_names_num = tonumber (global_display_names); -- <global_display_names> not set when parameter value is not digits |
|||
if number_of_names > global_display_names_num then -- template has more names than global config allows to be displayed? |
|||
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message because global is overriding local |display-<namelist>=etal |
|||
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name |
|||
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) |
|||
add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe'); |
|||
else |
|||
return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local because fewer names so let <local_display_names> control |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
-- here when <global_display_names> and <local_display_names> both numbers; <global_display_names> controls |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message |
|||
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) |
|||
end |
|||
-- here when only one of <global_display_names> or <local_display_names> set |
|||
if global_display_names then |
|||
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) |
|||
else |
|||
return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,864: | Line 2,613: | ||
]] |
]] |
||
local function citation0( config, args) |
local function citation0( config, args ) |
||
--[[ |
--[[ |
||
Load Input Parameters |
Load Input Parameters |
||
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. |
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. |
||
]] |
]] |
||
local A = argument_wrapper( args ); |
local A = argument_wrapper ( args ); |
||
local i |
local i |
||
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates |
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates |
||
-- define different field names for the same underlying things. |
-- define different field names for the same underlying things. |
||
local author_etal; |
local author_etal; |
||
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= |
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= |
||
local Authors; |
local Authors; |
||
local NameListStyle; |
|||
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat']; |
|||
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |name-list-style= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid |
|||
NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'], 'cs1 config: name-list-style', cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax |
|||
else |
|||
NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); |
|||
end |
|||
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] and utilities.is_set (A['NameListStyle']) then -- when template has |name-list-style=<something> which global setting has overridden |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message |
|||
end |
|||
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; |
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; |
||
Line 1,885: | Line 2,645: | ||
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= |
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= |
||
elseif 2 == selected then |
elseif 2 == selected then |
||
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be |
|||
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, |
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, A['Vauthors'], 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= |
||
elseif 3 == selected then |
elseif 3 == selected then |
||
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors= |
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |people= or |credits=; |authors= is deprecated; TODO: constrain |people= and |credits= to cite av media, episode, serial? |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (Collaboration) then |
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then |
||
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required |
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
local Coauthors = A['Coauthors']; |
|||
local Others = A['Others']; |
|||
local editor_etal; |
local editor_etal; |
||
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= |
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= |
||
local Editors; |
|||
do -- to limit scope of selected |
do -- to limit scope of selected |
||
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], |
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn |
||
if 1 == selected then |
if 1 == selected then |
||
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= |
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= |
||
elseif 2 == selected then |
elseif 2 == selected then |
||
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be |
|||
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= |
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= |
||
elseif 3 == selected then |
|||
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors= |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
local |
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases |
||
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter'); |
|||
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list |
|||
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s) |
|||
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= |
|||
if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then |
|||
Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution |
|||
end |
|||
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs |
|||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites |
|||
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs |
|||
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list |
|||
local Contribution = A['Contribution']; |
|||
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites |
|||
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= |
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= |
||
if 0 < #c then |
if 0 < #c then |
||
if not is_set (Contribution) then |
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message |
|||
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later |
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later |
||
end |
end |
||
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= |
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message |
|||
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later |
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
else -- if not a book cite |
else -- if not a book cite |
||
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], ' |
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message |
|||
end |
end |
||
Contribution = nil; -- unset |
Contribution = nil; -- unset |
||
end |
end |
||
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc' |
|||
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string |
|||
end |
|||
local Year = A['Year']; |
|||
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; |
|||
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear']; |
|||
local Date = A['Date']; |
|||
local LayDate = A['LayDate']; |
|||
------------------------------------------------- Get title data |
|||
local Title = A['Title']; |
local Title = A['Title']; |
||
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; |
|||
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; |
|||
local Conference = A['Conference']; |
|||
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; |
|||
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; |
|||
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; |
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; |
||
link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set |
|||
local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto |
|||
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; |
|||
local accept_link; |
|||
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; |
|||
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup |
|||
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode |
|||
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords |
|||
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; |
|||
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later |
|||
local TitleType = A['TitleType']; |
|||
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty |
|||
local Degree = A['Degree']; |
|||
end |
|||
local Docket = A['Docket']; |
|||
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; |
|||
TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set |
|||
local ArchiveDate; |
|||
local ArchiveURL; |
|||
local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used |
|||
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) |
|||
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then |
|||
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}} |
|||
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present |
|||
end |
|||
local Periodical = A['Periodical']; |
|||
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); |
|||
local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical']; |
|||
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical'); |
|||
local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical']; |
|||
local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical'); |
|||
if (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical))) then |
|||
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL'] |
|||
local param; |
|||
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes' |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- get a parameter name from one of these periodical related meta-parameters |
|||
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string |
|||
Periodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters |
|||
param = Periodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging |
|||
elseif utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical) then |
|||
TransPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters |
|||
param = TransPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging |
|||
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then |
|||
ScriptPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters |
|||
param = ScriptPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging |
|||
end |
end |
||
if utilities.is_set (param) then -- if we found one |
|||
local URL = A['URL'] |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {param}); -- emit an error message |
|||
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL |
|||
end |
|||
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; |
|||
end |
|||
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL |
|||
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; |
|||
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; |
|||
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL |
|||
local Periodical = A['Periodical']; |
|||
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then |
|||
local Series = A['Series']; |
|||
local i; |
|||
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated |
|||
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}); |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}} |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar? |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}); |
|||
end |
|||
Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}} |
|||
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList'); |
|||
end |
|||
-- web and news not tested for now because of |
|||
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors? |
|||
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter |
|||
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message |
|||
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message |
|||
if p[config.CitationClass] then |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}); |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
local Volume; |
local Volume; |
||
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then |
|||
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used |
|||
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' |
|||
end |
|||
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then |
|||
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website= |
|||
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' |
|||
end |
|||
else |
|||
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites |
|||
end |
|||
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings |
|||
Volume = A['Volume']; |
|||
end |
|||
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v'); |
|||
local Issue; |
local Issue; |
||
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used |
|||
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); |
|||
end |
|||
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table |
|||
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then |
|||
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
local ArticleNumber; |
|||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'conference'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then |
|||
ArticleNumber = A['ArticleNumber']; |
|||
end |
|||
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i'); |
|||
local Page; |
local Page; |
||
local Pages; |
local Pages; |
||
local At; |
local At; |
||
local QuotePage; |
|||
local QuotePages; |
|||
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) and not ('conference' == config.CitationClass and not is_set (Periodical)) then |
|||
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then -- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message? |
|||
Volume = A['Volume']; |
|||
end |
|||
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then |
|||
Issue = A['Issue']; |
|||
end |
|||
local Position = ''; |
|||
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then |
|||
Page = A['Page']; |
Page = A['Page']; |
||
Pages = hyphen_to_dash( |
Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']); |
||
At = A['At']; |
At = A['At']; |
||
QuotePage = A['QuotePage']; |
|||
QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']); |
|||
end |
end |
||
local Edition = A['Edition']; |
local Edition = A['Edition']; |
||
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace'] |
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace')); |
||
local Place = A['Place']; |
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place')); |
||
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; |
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; |
||
local |
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'); |
||
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then |
|||
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then |
|||
local i = 0; |
|||
RegistrationRequired=nil; |
|||
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized |
|||
end |
|||
if i and (0 < i) then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message |
|||
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired']; |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}); |
|||
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then |
|||
SubscriptionRequired=nil; |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
|||
if ('document' == config.CitationClass) and not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_publisher', {config.CitationClass, 'publisher'}); |
|||
end |
|||
local |
local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup? |
||
local |
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup'); |
||
local Agency = A['Agency']; |
|||
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then |
|||
local Language = A['Language']; |
|||
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup |
|||
local Format = A['Format']; |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}); |
|||
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; |
|||
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; |
|||
local ID = A['ID']; |
|||
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD']; |
|||
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN']; |
|||
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then |
|||
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string |
|||
end |
end |
||
local Embargo = A['Embargo']; |
|||
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier |
|||
PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS |
|||
local ID_list = extract_ids( args ); |
|||
end |
|||
local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL? |
|||
local Quote = A['Quote']; |
|||
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); |
|||
if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then |
|||
UrlAccess = nil; |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url'); |
|||
end |
|||
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; |
|||
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); |
|||
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then |
|||
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}); |
|||
end |
|||
local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); |
|||
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat']; |
|||
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then |
|||
local LayURL = A['LayURL']; |
|||
MapUrlAccess = nil; |
|||
local LaySource = A['LaySource']; |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}); |
|||
local Transcript = A['Transcript']; |
|||
end |
|||
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; |
|||
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] |
|||
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL |
|||
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp']; |
|||
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then |
|||
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string |
|||
end |
|||
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking']; |
|||
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then |
|||
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string |
|||
end |
|||
--these are used by cite interview |
|||
local Callsign = A['Callsign']; |
|||
local City = A['City']; |
|||
local Program = A['Program']; |
|||
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters |
|||
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text |
|||
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language |
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language |
||
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); |
|||
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier |
|||
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification |
|||
local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template |
|||
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword |
|||
DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string |
|||
end |
|||
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter. If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values |
|||
local Mode = A['Mode']; |
|||
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then |
|||
Mode = ''; |
|||
end |
|||
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma |
|||
local PostScript; |
|||
local Ref; |
|||
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass); |
|||
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text |
|||
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories |
-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories |
||
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then |
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page |
||
if |
if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids? |
||
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats |
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats |
||
end |
end |
||
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns |
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns |
||
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern |
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern |
||
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats |
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats |
||
Line 2,101: | Line 2,882: | ||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) |
|||
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category |
|||
local coins_pages; |
|||
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) |
|||
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category |
|||
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At); |
|||
local NoPP = A['NoPP'] |
local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); |
||
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then |
|||
NoPP = true; |
|||
else |
|||
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later |
|||
end |
|||
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different |
|||
if is_set(Page) then |
|||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together |
|||
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then |
|||
if PublicationPlace == Place then |
|||
Pages = ''; -- unset the others |
|||
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same |
|||
At = ''; |
|||
end |
end |
||
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ... |
|||
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. |
|||
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place |
|||
elseif is_set(Pages) then |
|||
if is_set(At) then |
|||
At = ''; -- unset |
|||
end |
|||
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. |
|||
end |
|||
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different |
|||
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then |
|||
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place |
|||
end |
end |
||
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same |
|||
local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL |
|||
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL |
|||
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; |
|||
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter'); |
|||
local Format = A['Format']; |
|||
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; |
|||
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; |
|||
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter'); |
|||
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; |
|||
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; |
|||
--[[ |
|||
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same |
|||
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: |
|||
When the citation has these parameters: |
|||
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering |
|||
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering |
|||
|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped |
|||
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped |
|||
All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified |
|||
--[[ |
|||
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: |
|||
]] |
|||
When the citation has these parameters: |
|||
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title |
|||
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title |
|||
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title |
|||
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS |
|||
|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped |
|||
local ScriptEncyclopedia = A['ScriptEncyclopedia']; |
|||
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped |
|||
local TransEncyclopedia = A['TransEncyclopedia']; |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}} |
|||
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified |
|||
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}); |
|||
else |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia')}); |
|||
end |
|||
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset these because not supported by this template |
|||
ScriptEncyclopedia = nil; |
|||
TransEncyclopedia = nil; |
|||
end |
|||
elseif utilities.is_set (TransEncyclopedia) then |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'encyclopedia'}); |
|||
end |
|||
if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then |
|||
]] |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both parameters set emit an error message; {{citation}} only; Periodical not allowed in {{cite encyclopedia}} |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {Periodical_origin}); |
|||
end |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then |
|||
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; |
|||
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia for rendering; {{citation}} could (not legitimately) have both; use Encyclopedia |
|||
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia'); |
|||
ScriptPeriodical = ScriptEncyclopedia; |
|||
ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia'); |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then |
|||
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation |
|||
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then |
|||
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set |
|||
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= params to |article= params for rendering |
|||
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then |
|||
if not is_set(Chapter) then |
|||
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title |
|||
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; |
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; |
||
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle') |
|||
TransChapter = TransTitle; |
TransChapter = TransTitle; |
||
ChapterURL = URL; |
ChapterURL = URL; |
||
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; |
|||
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then |
|||
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; |
|||
Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; |
|||
end |
|||
Title = Periodical; |
|||
ChapterFormat = Format; |
ChapterFormat = Format; |
||
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then |
|||
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); |
|||
end |
|||
Title = Periodical; -- now map |encyclopedia= params to |title= params for rendering |
|||
ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or ''; |
|||
TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or ''; |
|||
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset |
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset |
||
ScriptPeriodical = ''; |
|||
URL = ''; |
URL = ''; |
||
Format = ''; |
Format = ''; |
||
TitleLink = ''; |
TitleLink = ''; |
||
ScriptTitle = ''; |
|||
end |
end |
||
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set |
|||
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article |
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering |
||
ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or ''; |
|||
TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or ''; |
|||
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset |
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset |
||
ScriptPeriodical = ''; |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
-- |
-- special case for cite techreport. |
||
local ID = A['ID']; |
|||
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport |
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport |
||
if is_set(A['Number']) then |
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' |
||
if not is_set(ID) then |
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? |
||
ID = A['Number']; |
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it |
||
else -- ID has a value so emit error message |
else -- ID has a value so emit error message |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}); |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. |
|||
-- special case for cite interview |
|||
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode |
|||
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then |
|||
local Conference = A['Conference']; |
|||
if is_set(Program) then |
|||
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; |
|||
ID = ' ' .. Program; |
|||
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle'); |
|||
end |
|||
if is_set(Callsign) then |
|||
if is_set(ID) then |
|||
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign; |
|||
else |
|||
ID = ' ' .. Callsign; |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
if is_set(City) then |
|||
if is_set(ID) then |
|||
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City; |
|||
else |
|||
ID = ' ' .. City; |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
if is_set(Others) then |
|||
if is_set(TitleType) then |
|||
Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others; |
|||
TitleType = ''; |
|||
else |
|||
Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others; |
|||
end |
|||
else |
|||
Others = '(Interview)'; |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
-- special case for cite mailing list |
|||
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then |
|||
Periodical = A ['MailingList']; |
|||
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then |
|||
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list |
|||
end |
|||
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. |
|||
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then |
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then |
||
if is_set(BookTitle) then |
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then |
||
Chapter = Title; |
Chapter = Title; |
||
Chapter_origin = 'title'; |
|||
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated |
|||
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated |
|||
ChapterURL = URL; |
ChapterURL = URL; |
||
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; |
|||
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; |
|||
URL_origin = ''; |
|||
ChapterFormat = Format; |
ChapterFormat = Format; |
||
TransChapter = TransTitle; |
TransChapter = TransTitle; |
||
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin; |
|||
Title = BookTitle; |
Title = BookTitle; |
||
Format = ''; |
Format = ''; |
||
-- |
-- TitleLink = ''; |
||
TransTitle = ''; |
TransTitle = ''; |
||
URL = ''; |
URL = ''; |
||
Line 2,244: | Line 3,027: | ||
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string |
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string |
||
end |
end |
||
-- CS1/2 mode |
|||
local Mode; |
|||
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |mode= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid |
|||
Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'], 'cs1 config: mode', cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax |
|||
else |
|||
Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); |
|||
end |
|||
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] and utilities.is_set (A['Mode']) then -- when template has |mode=<something> which global setting has overridden |
|||
-- cite map oddities |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message |
|||
end |
|||
-- separator character and postscript |
|||
local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass); |
|||
-- controls capitalization of certain static text |
|||
local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); |
|||
-- cite map oddities |
|||
local Cartography = ""; |
local Cartography = ""; |
||
local Scale = ""; |
local Scale = ""; |
||
Line 2,251: | Line 3,051: | ||
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; |
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; |
||
if config.CitationClass == "map" then |
if config.CitationClass == "map" then |
||
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar? |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message |
|||
end |
|||
Chapter = A['Map']; |
Chapter = A['Map']; |
||
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map'); |
|||
ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; |
ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; |
||
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); |
|||
TransChapter = A['TransMap']; |
TransChapter = A['TransMap']; |
||
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap'] |
|||
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); |
|||
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap') |
|||
ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess; |
|||
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; |
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; |
||
Cartography = A['Cartography']; |
Cartography = A['Cartography']; |
||
if is_set( Cartography ) then |
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then |
||
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); |
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); |
||
end |
end |
||
Scale = A['Scale']; |
Scale = A['Scale']; |
||
if is_set( Scale ) then |
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then |
||
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; |
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. |
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. |
||
local Series = A['Series']; |
|||
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then |
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then |
||
local AirDate = A['AirDate']; |
|||
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; |
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; |
||
link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for |
SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set |
||
local Network = A['Network']; |
local Network = A['Network']; |
||
Line 2,278: | Line 3,086: | ||
local s, n = {}, {}; |
local s, n = {}, {}; |
||
-- do common parameters first |
-- do common parameters first |
||
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end |
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end |
||
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end |
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end |
||
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); |
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); |
||
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date |
|||
Date = AirDate; |
|||
end |
|||
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} |
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} |
||
local Season = A['Season']; |
local Season = A['Season']; |
||
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; |
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; |
||
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then |
if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar? |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message |
|||
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= |
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= |
||
end |
end |
||
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series |
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series |
||
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end |
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end |
||
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg (' |
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end |
||
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end |
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end |
||
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter |
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter |
||
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter |
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter |
||
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; |
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; |
||
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle'); |
|||
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink |
|||
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link= |
|||
TransChapter = TransTitle; |
TransChapter = TransTitle; |
||
ChapterURL = URL; |
ChapterURL = URL; |
||
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; |
|||
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); |
|||
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; |
|||
ChapterFormat = Format; |
|||
Title = Series; -- promote series to title |
Title = Series; -- promote series to title |
||
TitleLink = SeriesLink; |
TitleLink = SeriesLink; |
||
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number |
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number |
||
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then |
if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL |
||
Chapter = |
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); |
||
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; |
||
Series = |
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); |
||
end |
end |
||
URL = ''; -- unset |
URL = ''; -- unset |
||
TransTitle = ''; |
TransTitle = ''; |
||
ScriptTitle = ''; |
ScriptTitle = ''; |
||
Format = ''; |
|||
else -- now oddities that are cite serial |
else -- now oddities that are cite serial |
||
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial |
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial |
||
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? |
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? |
||
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then |
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then |
||
Series = |
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); |
||
end |
end |
||
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); |
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff |
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff |
||
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values |
|||
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data. |
|||
local TitleType = A['TitleType']; |
|||
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then |
|||
local Degree = A['Degree']; |
|||
if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv |
|||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'document', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message |
|||
elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version |
|||
ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier |
|||
Series = ''; -- unset |
|||
deprecated_parameter ('version'); -- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv |
|||
end |
|||
if first_set ({AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv |
|||
ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'], |
|||
ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'], |
|||
ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']},27) then |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message |
|||
AccessDate= ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv |
|||
PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other) |
|||
Chapter = ''; |
|||
URL = ''; |
|||
Format = ''; |
|||
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = ''; |
|||
end |
|||
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string |
|||
end |
|||
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values |
|||
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then |
|||
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); |
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); |
||
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then |
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis |
||
TitleType = Degree .. |
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower(); |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set(TitleType) then |
if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified |
||
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses |
|||
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem |
|||
end |
end |
||
-- legacy: |
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. |
||
local Date = A['Date']; |
|||
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging |
|||
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; |
|||
local Year = A['Year']; |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Year) then |
|||
validation.year_check (Year); -- returns nothing; emits maint message when |year= doesn't hold a 'year' value |
|||
end |
|||
if not utilities.is_set (Date) then |
|||
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date |
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date |
||
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF |
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF |
||
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then |
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set |
||
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date |
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date |
||
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed |
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed |
||
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter |
|||
else |
|||
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter |
|||
end |
end |
||
else |
|||
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging |
|||
end |
end |
||
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation |
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation |
||
--[[ |
--[[ |
||
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where |
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where |
||
we get the date used in the metadata. |
we get the date used in the metadata. |
||
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation |
|||
]] |
|||
local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], ''); |
|||
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation |
|||
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then |
|||
]] |
|||
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template |
|||
end |
|||
local ArchiveURL; |
|||
local ArchiveDate; |
|||
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; |
|||
local archive_url_timestamp; -- timestamp from wayback machine url |
|||
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) |
|||
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); |
|||
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL |
|||
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; |
|||
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification |
|||
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; |
|||
local Embargo = A['Embargo']; |
|||
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier |
|||
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch |
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch |
||
local error_message = ''; |
local error_message = ''; |
||
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it |
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it |
||
local date_parameters_list = { |
local date_parameters_list = { |
||
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')}, |
|||
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}; |
|||
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')}, |
|||
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin}, |
|||
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, |
|||
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, |
|||
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')}, |
|||
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')}, |
|||
}; |
|||
local error_list = {}; |
|||
anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date); |
|||
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list); |
|||
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then |
if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; |
||
validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list); |
|||
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date) |
|||
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date= |
|||
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message |
|||
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message |
|||
end |
|||
error_message = error_message .. '|year= / |date= mismatch'; |
|||
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date= |
|||
add_maint_cat ('date_year'); |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
if |
if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty |
||
local modified = false; -- flag |
local modified = false; -- flag |
||
if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates |
|||
if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates |
|||
modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate |
|||
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate |
|||
end |
end |
||
if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then |
if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate |
||
modified = true; |
modified = true; |
||
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category |
|||
end |
end |
||
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki |
|||
if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat |
|||
modified = true; |
|||
end |
|||
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified |
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified |
||
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; |
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values |
||
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date']; |
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val; |
||
Date = date_parameters_list['date']; |
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val; |
||
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date']; |
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val; |
||
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val; |
|||
end |
|||
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date']; |
|||
if archive_url_timestamp and utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then |
|||
validation.archive_date_check (ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp, DF); -- does YYYYMMDD in archive_url_timestamp match date in ArchiveDate |
|||
end |
end |
||
else |
else |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message |
|||
end |
end |
||
-- if is_set(error_message) then |
|||
-- table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message |
|||
-- elseif is_set (DF) then |
|||
-- if reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false) then -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate |
|||
-- AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with reformatted values |
|||
-- ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date']; |
|||
-- Date = date_parameters_list['date']; |
|||
-- DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date']; |
|||
-- LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date']; |
|||
-- PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date']; |
|||
-- end |
|||
-- end |
|||
end -- end of do |
end -- end of do |
||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) or -- {{cite book}}, {{cite encyclopedia}}; TODO: {{cite conference}} and others? |
|||
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS. |
|||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or -- {{citation}} as an encylopedia citation |
|||
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date |
|||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then -- {{citation}} as a book citation |
|||
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); -- |
|||
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then |
|||
if not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then |
|||
local date = COinS_date.rftdate and tonumber (COinS_date.rftdate:match ('%d%d%d%d')); -- get year portion of COinS date (because in Arabic numerals); convert string to number |
|||
if date and (1850 <= date) then -- location has no publisher; if date is 1850 or later |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_location_no_publisher'); -- add maint cat |
|||
end |
|||
else -- PublisherName has a value |
|||
if cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] == PublisherName then -- if that value is 'none' (only for book and encyclopedia citations) |
|||
PublisherName = ''; -- unset |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers |
|||
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then |
|||
local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key |
|||
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired |
|||
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier |
|||
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed |
|||
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= |
|||
local ID_support = { |
|||
{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')}, |
|||
{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, |
|||
{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, |
|||
} |
|||
ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support); |
|||
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data. |
|||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |medrxiv=, |ssrn= required for their templates |
|||
if not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or -- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted |
|||
args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]]) then -- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message |
|||
end |
end |
||
Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['medrxiv'] = 'medRxiv', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass]; |
|||
end |
end |
||
-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free |
|||
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. |
|||
-- Test if citation has no title |
|||
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead |
|||
if not is_set(Title) and |
|||
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled |
|||
not is_set(TransTitle) and |
|||
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection |
|||
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then |
|||
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link |
|||
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this? |
|||
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } ); |
|||
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC |
|||
else |
|||
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } ); |
|||
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= |
|||
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI |
|||
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi']; |
|||
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1]; |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
|||
if utilities.is_set (URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL |
|||
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); -- add an error message |
|||
AccessDate = ''; -- unset |
|||
end |
|||
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); -- add an error message |
|||
ArchiveURL = ''; -- unset |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. |
|||
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites |
|||
-- Test if citation has no title |
|||
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string |
|||
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode |
|||
add_maint_cat ('untitled'); |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}); |
|||
end |
end |
||
if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and |
|||
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL |
|||
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and |
|||
['title']=Title, |
|||
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and |
|||
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter, |
|||
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites |
|||
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical, |
|||
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string |
|||
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat |
|||
}); |
|||
end |
|||
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. |
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. |
||
Line 2,486: | Line 3,350: | ||
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required |
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required |
||
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu |
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu |
||
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then |
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then |
||
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then |
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then |
||
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap |
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap |
||
coins_title = Periodical; |
coins_title = Periodical; |
||
Line 2,496: | Line 3,360: | ||
coins_author = c; -- use that instead |
coins_author = c; -- use that instead |
||
end |
end |
||
-- this is the function call to COinS() |
-- this is the function call to COinS() |
||
local OCinSoutput = COinS({ |
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({ |
||
['Periodical'] = Periodical, |
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata |
||
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, |
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS |
||
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), |
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup |
||
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only |
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only |
||
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), |
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup |
||
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, |
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, |
||
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; |
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date.* has correctly formatted date values if Date is valid; |
||
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, |
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, |
||
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter, |
|||
['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit? |
|||
['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron, |
|||
['Series'] = Series, |
['Series'] = Series, |
||
['Volume'] = Volume, |
['Volume'] = Volume, |
||
['Issue'] = Issue, |
['Issue'] = Issue, |
||
['ArticleNumber'] = ArticleNumber, |
|||
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links |
|||
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links |
|||
['Edition'] = Edition, |
['Edition'] = Edition, |
||
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName, |
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName |
||
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), |
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), |
||
['Authors'] = coins_author, |
['Authors'] = coins_author, |
||
['ID_list'] = |
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins, |
||
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, |
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, |
||
}, config.CitationClass); |
}, config.CitationClass); |
||
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data. |
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data. |
||
if |
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, medRxiv, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed |
||
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in |
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal |
||
end |
end |
||
-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text |
-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text |
||
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then |
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then |
||
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil )); |
|||
if is_set (PublisherName) then |
|||
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName') )); |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
local Editors; |
|||
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list |
|||
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list |
|||
local contributor_etal; |
|||
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list |
|||
local translator_etal; |
|||
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs |
|||
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= |
|||
local Interviewers; |
|||
local interviewers_list = {}; |
|||
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters |
|||
local interviewer_etal; |
|||
-- Now perform various field substitutions. |
-- Now perform various field substitutions. |
||
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the |
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the |
||
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. |
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. |
||
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list |
|||
do |
do |
||
local last_first_list; |
local last_first_list; |
||
-- local maximum; |
|||
local control = { |
local control = { |
||
format = |
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string, '&', 'amp', 'and', or 'vanc' |
||
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set |
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set |
||
mode = Mode |
|||
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp, |
|||
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn |
|||
}; |
}; |
||
do -- do editor name list first because coauthors |
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table |
||
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayEditors'], A['DisplayEditors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'), #e); |
|||
control.maximum, editor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #e, 'editors', editor_etal, param); |
|||
Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal); |
|||
if is_set (Editors) then |
|||
if editor_etal then |
|||
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal |
|||
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation |
|||
else |
|||
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation |
|||
end |
|||
else |
|||
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string |
|||
end |
|||
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then |
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then |
||
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation |
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
|||
do -- now do interviewers |
|||
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayInterviewers'], A['DisplayInterviewers'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'), #interviewers_list); |
|||
control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, param); |
|||
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal); |
|||
end |
end |
||
do -- now do translators |
do -- now do translators |
||
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayTranslators'], A['DisplayTranslators'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'), #t); |
|||
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators |
|||
control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #t, 'translators', translator_etal, param); |
|||
Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported |
|||
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal); |
|||
end |
end |
||
do -- now do contributors |
do -- now do contributors |
||
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayContributors'], A['DisplayContributors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'), #c); |
|||
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors |
|||
control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, param); |
|||
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported |
|||
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal); |
|||
end |
end |
||
do -- now do authors |
do -- now do authors |
||
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayAuthors'], A['DisplayAuthors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'), #a, author_etal); |
|||
control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #a, 'authors', author_etal, param); |
|||
last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal); |
|||
if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting. |
|||
control.lastauthoramp = nil; |
|||
control.maximum = #a + 1; |
|||
end |
|||
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal); |
|||
if is_set (Authors) then |
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then |
||
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. |
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al. |
||
if author_etal then |
if author_etal then |
||
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter |
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter |
||
Line 2,595: | Line 3,464: | ||
end -- end of do |
end -- end of do |
||
if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then |
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then |
||
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. |
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. |
||
end |
end |
||
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; |
|||
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation, |
|||
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; |
|||
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation |
|||
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); |
|||
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); |
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); |
||
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); |
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); |
||
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url'); |
|||
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); |
|||
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported |
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported |
||
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or |
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or |
||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then |
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then |
||
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); |
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); |
||
end |
end |
||
if not is_set(URL) then |
if not utilities.is_set (URL) then |
||
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) |
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist |
||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website= |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } ); |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url'); |
|||
end |
end |
||
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? |
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? |
||
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then |
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); |
|||
AccessDate = ''; |
AccessDate = ''; |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], ''); |
|||
local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set? |
|||
local OriginalURL |
|||
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text |
|||
local OriginalURL_origin |
|||
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then |
|||
local OriginalFormat |
|||
if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- swapped -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it |
|||
local OriginalAccess; |
|||
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text |
|||
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then |
|||
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it |
|||
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text |
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text |
||
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages |
|||
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format= |
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format= |
||
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then |
|||
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then |
|||
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url |
|||
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL |
|||
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages |
|||
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format |
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format |
||
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs |
|||
end |
end |
||
elseif is_set (URL) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then |
||
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL |
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL |
||
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages |
|||
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= |
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= |
||
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; |
|||
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it |
|||
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url |
|||
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it |
|||
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages |
|||
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL |
|||
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages |
|||
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format |
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format |
||
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
|||
elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status'); -- add maint cat |
|||
end |
end |
||
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia |
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia |
||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then |
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then |
||
local chap_param; |
local chap_param; |
||
if is_set (Chapter) then |
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters |
||
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') |
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') |
||
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then |
||
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') |
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') |
||
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then |
||
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') |
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') |
||
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then |
||
chap_param = |
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin; |
||
else is_set (ChapterFormat) |
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) |
||
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') |
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (chap_param) then |
if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message |
|||
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation |
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation |
||
TransChapter = ''; |
TransChapter = ''; |
||
Line 2,679: | Line 3,554: | ||
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title |
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title |
||
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value |
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value |
||
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then |
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) |
||
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg. |
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title |
||
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted |
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, |
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter |
||
if is_set (Chapter) then |
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then |
||
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; |
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; |
||
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then |
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then |
||
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title |
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title |
||
end |
end |
||
Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' '; |
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' '; |
||
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... |
||
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it |
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
-- Format main title |
-- Format main title |
||
local plain_title = false; |
|||
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then |
|||
local accept_title; |
|||
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]" |
|||
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title> |
|||
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())" |
|||
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message |
|||
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting |
|||
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now |
|||
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now |
|||
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat |
|||
end |
end |
||
if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup |
|||
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'arxiv'}) or |
|||
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title= |
|||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or |
|||
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three |
|||
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article |
|||
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ... |
|||
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks |
|||
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.) |
|||
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); |
|||
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters |
|||
end |
|||
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped |
|||
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); |
|||
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then |
|||
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title |
|||
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped |
|||
end |
|||
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title |
|||
if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'document', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or |
|||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or |
|||
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article |
|||
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks |
|||
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); |
|||
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped |
|||
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); |
|||
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above) |
|||
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped |
|||
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title |
|||
else |
else |
||
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); |
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); |
||
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); |
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped |
||
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); |
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); |
||
end |
end |
||
if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then |
|||
local TransError = ""; |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Title) then |
|||
if is_set(Title) then |
|||
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; |
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; |
||
else |
else |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'}); |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Title = Title .. TransTitle; |
|||
if is_set(Title) then |
|||
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then |
|||
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format; |
|||
-- this experiment hidden 2016-04-10; see Help_talk:Citation_Style_1#Recycled_urls |
|||
-- local temp_title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format; -- do this so we get error message even if url is usurped no archive |
|||
-- if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit no archive', 'usurped no archive'}) then -- when url links to inappropriate location and there is no archive of original source available |
|||
-- local err_msg |
|||
-- if temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)') then -- if there is an error message |
|||
-- Title, err_msg = temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)'); -- strip off external link; TODO: find a better to do this |
|||
-- Title = Title .. (err_msg or ''); |
|||
-- end |
|||
-- else |
|||
-- Title = temp_title; |
|||
-- end |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs? |
|||
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both |
|||
TitleLink = ''; -- unset |
|||
end |
|||
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then |
|||
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format; |
|||
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed |
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed |
||
Format = ""; |
Format = ""; |
||
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then |
|||
local ws_url; |
|||
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here |
|||
if ws_url then |
|||
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? |
|||
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title}); |
|||
Title = Title .. TransTitle; |
|||
else |
|||
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle; |
|||
end |
|||
else |
else |
||
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink) |
|||
Title = Title .. TransError; |
|||
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label |
|||
if ws_url then |
|||
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup |
|||
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? |
|||
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title}); |
|||
Title = Title .. TransTitle; |
|||
else |
|||
Title = Title .. TransTitle; |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
else |
|||
Title = TransTitle; |
|||
end |
end |
||
if is_set(Place) then |
if utilities.is_set (Place) then |
||
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; |
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; |
||
end |
end |
||
local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL |
|||
if is_set (Conference) then |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then |
|||
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then |
|||
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin ); |
|||
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); |
|||
end |
end |
||
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; |
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; |
||
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then |
||
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, |
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); |
||
end |
end |
||
local Position = ''; |
|||
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then |
|||
local Minutes = A['Minutes']; |
local Minutes = A['Minutes']; |
||
local Time = A['Time']; |
local Time = A['Time']; |
||
if is_set(Minutes) then |
if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then |
||
if is_set (Time) then |
if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar? |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}); |
|||
end |
end |
||
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; |
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; |
||
else |
else |
||
if is_set(Time) then |
if utilities.is_set (Time) then |
||
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] |
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] |
||
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then |
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then |
||
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; |
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; |
||
if sepc ~= '.' then |
if sepc ~= '.' then |
||
Line 2,793: | Line 3,705: | ||
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); |
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); |
||
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; |
At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; |
||
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; |
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; |
||
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then |
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then |
||
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier |
|||
local Section = A['Section']; |
|||
local Sections = A['Sections']; |
|||
local Inset = A['Inset']; |
local Inset = A['Inset']; |
||
if is_set( Inset ) then |
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then |
||
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); |
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set( Sections ) then |
if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then |
||
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); |
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); |
||
elseif is_set( Section ) then |
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then |
||
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); |
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 2,812: | Line 3,723: | ||
end |
end |
||
local Others = A['Others']; |
|||
if is_set (Language) then |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor= |
|||
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc |
|||
if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes" |
|||
else |
|||
or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now |
|||
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm') |
|||
else |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_others'); |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; |
|||
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; |
|||
if is_set (Translators) then |
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then |
||
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); |
|||
Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase) .. Others; |
|||
end |
end |
||
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then |
|||
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); |
|||
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; |
|||
end |
|||
if is_set (Edition) then |
|||
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then |
|||
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; |
|||
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition'); |
|||
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then |
|||
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn. |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message |
|||
end |
end |
||
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); |
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); |
||
Line 2,835: | Line 3,752: | ||
end |
end |
||
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc |
Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum |
||
local Agency = A['Agency'] or ''; -- |agency= is supported by {{cite magazine}}, {{cite news}}, {{cite press release}}, {{cite web}}, and certain {{citation}} templates |
|||
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Agency) then -- this testing done here because {{citation}} supports 'news' citations |
|||
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or ""; |
|||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'magazine', 'news', 'pressrelease', 'web'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {"magazine", "newspaper", "work"})) then |
|||
Agency = wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}); -- format for rendering |
|||
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); |
|||
else |
|||
Agency = ''; -- unset; not supported |
|||
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {'agency'}); -- add error message |
|||
if is_set(Via) then |
|||
end |
|||
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via); |
|||
end |
end |
||
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); |
|||
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then |
|||
--[[ |
|||
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link |
|||
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition. |
|||
]] |
|||
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then |
|||
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message |
|||
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then |
|||
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message |
|||
else |
|||
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y |
|||
end |
|||
if is_set(AccessDate) then |
|||
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] |
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] |
||
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format |
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format |
||
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if |
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case |
||
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); |
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text |
||
-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called |
|||
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates |
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end |
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end |
||
if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then |
|||
local Docket = A['Docket']; |
|||
if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then |
|||
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID; |
|||
end |
end |
||
if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then |
if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set |
||
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set |
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set |
||
end |
end |
||
if utilities.is_set (URL) then |
|||
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} ); |
|||
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess ); |
|||
if is_set(URL) then |
|||
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin ); |
|||
end |
end |
||
local Quote = A['Quote']; |
|||
local TransQuote = A['TransQuote']; |
|||
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks |
|||
local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote']; |
|||
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Quote) then |
|||
if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks |
|||
Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags |
|||
Quote = kern_quotes (Quote); -- kern if needed |
|||
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set |
|||
Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags |
|||
end |
|||
if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then |
|||
local Archived |
|||
Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped |
|||
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then |
|||
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then |
|||
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date'); |
|||
end |
end |
||
if "no" == DeadURL then |
|||
if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then |
|||
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; |
|||
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks |
|||
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end |
|||
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off |
|||
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'], |
|||
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); |
|||
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then |
|||
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url'); |
|||
end |
end |
||
Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote ); |
|||
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped' |
|||
end |
|||
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; |
|||
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end |
|||
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix |
|||
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped'}) then |
|||
local quote_prefix = ''; |
|||
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled |
|||
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then |
|||
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y' |
|||
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. |
|||
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, |
|||
if not NoPP then |
|||
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled |
|||
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', ''; |
|||
end |
|||
else |
|||
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', ''; |
|||
end |
|||
elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then |
|||
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. |
|||
if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page |
|||
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; |
|||
elseif not NoPP then |
|||
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; |
|||
else |
|||
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote; |
|||
else |
else |
||
Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote; |
|||
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; |
|||
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end |
|||
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, |
|||
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } ); |
|||
end |
end |
||
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then |
|||
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set |
|||
else |
|||
Archived = "" |
|||
end |
end |
||
-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by |
|||
local Lay = ''; |
|||
-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't |
|||
if is_set(LayURL) then |
|||
-- a displayed postscript. |
|||
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end |
|||
-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable? |
|||
if is_set(LaySource) then |
|||
-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern? |
|||
LaySource = " – ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''"; |
|||
if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then |
|||
else |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript') |
|||
LaySource = ""; |
|||
end |
|||
if sepc == '.' then |
|||
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate |
|||
else |
|||
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate |
|||
end |
|||
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url= |
|||
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message |
|||
end |
end |
||
local Archived; |
|||
if is_set(Transcript) then |
|||
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then |
|||
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL set but ArchiveDate not set |
|||
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin ); |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date'); -- emit an error message |
|||
ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation |
|||
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation |
|||
end |
|||
else |
|||
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL not set but ArchiveDate is set |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_date_missing_url'); -- emit an error message |
|||
ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation |
|||
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation |
|||
end |
end |
||
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; |
|||
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then |
|||
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin ); |
|||
end |
end |
||
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then |
|||
local Publisher; |
|||
local arch_text; |
|||
if is_set(Periodical) and |
|||
if "live" == UrlStatus then |
|||
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then |
|||
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; |
|||
if is_set(PublisherName) then |
|||
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end |
|||
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then |
|||
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then |
|||
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName; |
|||
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'], |
|||
{external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); |
|||
else |
else |
||
Archived = ''; |
|||
end |
end |
||
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); |
|||
Publisher= PublicationPlace; |
|||
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation |
|||
else |
|||
Publisher = ""; |
|||
end |
|||
if is_set(PublicationDate) then |
|||
if is_set(Publisher) then |
|||
Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); |
|||
else |
|||
Publisher = PublicationDate; |
|||
end |
end |
||
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown' |
|||
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then |
|||
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit']; |
|||
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end |
|||
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled |
|||
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added |
|||
else |
|||
-- utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added |
|||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added |
|||
end |
|||
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead' |
|||
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; |
|||
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end |
|||
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then |
|||
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text, |
|||
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled |
|||
else |
|||
Archived = ''; -- unset for concatenation |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
else -- OriginalUrl not set |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); |
|||
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation |
|||
end |
end |
||
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then |
|||
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message |
|||
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")"; |
|||
end |
|||
else |
else |
||
Archived = ''; |
|||
if is_set(PublicationDate) then |
|||
end |
|||
PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")"; |
|||
end |
|||
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] |
|||
if is_set(PublisherName) then |
|||
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; |
|||
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then |
|||
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); |
|||
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; |
|||
local Transcript = A['Transcript']; |
|||
else |
|||
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL |
|||
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then |
|||
end |
|||
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then |
|||
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); |
|||
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; |
|||
else |
|||
Publisher = PublicationDate; |
|||
end |
end |
||
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; |
|||
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then |
|||
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); |
|||
end |
|||
local Publisher; |
|||
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then |
|||
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); |
|||
end |
|||
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then |
|||
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then |
|||
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; |
|||
else |
|||
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; |
|||
end |
|||
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then |
|||
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; |
|||
else |
|||
Publisher = PublicationDate; |
|||
end |
end |
||
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. |
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. |
||
if is_set(Periodical) then |
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then |
||
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then |
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then |
||
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. |
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); |
||
else |
else |
||
Periodical = |
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
|||
local Language = A['Language']; |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Language) then |
|||
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc. |
|||
else |
|||
Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; |
|||
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter |
|||
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType |
|||
]] |
|||
end |
end |
||
--[[ |
--[[ |
||
Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that |
Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that |
||
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). |
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). |
||
]] |
]] |
||
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only |
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only |
||
TitleNote = |
TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event= |
||
TitleType = ''; -- and unset |
|||
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter |
|||
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter |
|||
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set |
|||
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 3,021: | Line 3,983: | ||
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set |
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set |
||
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {" |
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites |
||
if is_set( |
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc. |
||
tcommon = safe_join |
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote}, sepc); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 |
||
Language, |
tcommon2 = safe_join ({TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc); |
||
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites |
|||
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc |
|||
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 |
|||
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); |
|||
else |
else |
||
tcommon = safe_join |
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc); |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map |
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map |
||
if is_set (Chapter) then |
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter |
||
tcommon = safe_join |
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc); |
||
elseif is_set (Periodical) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical |
||
tcommon = safe_join |
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc); |
||
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map |
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map |
||
tcommon = safe_join |
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc); |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode |
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode |
||
tcommon = safe_join |
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc); |
||
else -- all other CS1 templates |
else -- all other CS1 templates |
||
tcommon = safe_join |
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc); |
||
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); |
|||
end |
end |
||
Line 3,056: | Line 4,013: | ||
end |
end |
||
local Via = A['Via']; |
|||
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); |
|||
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or ''; |
|||
local idcommon; |
|||
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript |
|||
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc ); |
|||
else |
|||
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc ); |
|||
end |
|||
local text; |
local text; |
||
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; |
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; |
||
local OrigDate = A['OrigDate']; |
|||
if is_set(Date) then |
|||
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or ''; |
|||
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Date) then |
|||
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set |
|||
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses |
|||
else -- neither of authors and editors set |
else -- neither of authors and editors set |
||
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then |
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc |
||
Date = " " .. Date .. |
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc |
||
else |
else |
||
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. |
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set(Authors) then |
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then |
||
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination |
|||
if is_set(Coauthors) then |
|||
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then -- separate authors and coauthors with proper name-list-separator |
|||
Authors = Authors .. ', ' .. Coauthors; |
|||
else |
|||
Authors = Authors .. '; ' .. Coauthors; |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
if not is_set (Date) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination |
|||
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space |
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set(Editors) then |
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then |
||
local in_text = |
local in_text = ''; |
||
local post_text = |
local post_text = ''; |
||
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then |
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then |
||
in_text = |
in_text = cfg.messages['in'] .. ' '; |
||
if (sepc ~= '.') then |
if (sepc ~= '.') then |
||
in_text = in_text:lower(); -- lowercase for cs2 |
|||
else |
|||
if EditorCount <= 1 then |
|||
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; |
|||
else |
|||
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if EditorCount <= 1 then |
|||
post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ')'; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case |
|||
else |
|||
post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ')'; |
|||
end |
|||
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space |
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (Contributors) then |
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc. |
||
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; |
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; |
||
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 |
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 |
||
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here |
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here |
||
if is_set (Editors) then |
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated |
||
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space |
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space |
||
end |
end |
||
if not is_set (Date) then |
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination |
||
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space |
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 3,111: | Line 4,072: | ||
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); |
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif is_set(Editors) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then |
||
if is_set(Date) then |
if utilities.is_set (Date) then |
||
if EditorCount <= 1 then |
if EditorCount <= 1 then |
||
Editors = Editors .. |
Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editor']; |
||
else |
else |
||
Editors = Editors .. |
Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editors']; |
||
end |
end |
||
else |
else |
||
Line 3,127: | Line 4,088: | ||
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); |
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); |
||
else |
else |
||
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then |
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then |
||
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); |
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); |
||
else |
else |
||
Line 3,133: | Line 4,094: | ||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then |
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then |
||
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); |
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc. |
||
if '.' == sepc then -- remove final seperator if present |
|||
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1); |
|||
text = text:gsub ('%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- dot must be escaped here |
|||
else |
|||
text = mw.ustring.gsub (text, sepc .. '$', ''); -- using ustring for non-dot sepc (likely a non-Latin character) |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); |
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); |
||
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite |
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element |
||
local |
local options_t = {}; |
||
options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode); |
|||
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then |
|||
options.class = config.CitationClass; |
|||
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref= |
|||
else |
|||
options.class = "citation"; |
|||
end |
|||
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate |
|||
local id = Ref |
|||
if ('harv' == Ref ) then |
|||
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list |
|||
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation |
|||
local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else |
|||
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list |
|||
namelist = c; -- select it |
|||
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then |
|||
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list |
|||
local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list |
|||
namelist = a; |
|||
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation |
|||
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list |
|||
namelist = e; |
|||
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list |
|||
end |
|||
namelist_t = c; -- select it |
|||
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list |
|||
namelist_t = a; |
|||
else |
|||
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list |
|||
namelist_t = e; |
|||
end |
|||
local citeref_id; |
|||
if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t |
|||
citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor |
|||
if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default'); |
|||
end |
end |
||
else |
|||
citeref_id = ''; -- unset |
|||
end |
end |
||
options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id; |
|||
end |
end |
||
if string.len(text:gsub( |
if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains; |
||
z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list |
|||
z.error_categories = {}; |
|||
z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list |
|||
text = set_error('empty_citation'); |
|||
OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string |
|||
z.message_tail = {}; |
|||
text = ''; -- blank the the citation |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category |
|||
end |
end |
||
local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation |
|||
text = substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}); -- when |ref= is set |
|||
if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags |
|||
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist |
|||
else |
else |
||
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty |
|||
end |
end |
||
if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span |
|||
text = text .. substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput}); -- append metadata to the citation |
|||
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation |
|||
end |
|||
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then |
|||
text = text .. " "; |
|||
local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass); |
|||
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do |
|||
local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]'; |
|||
if is_set(v[1]) then |
|||
local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: '; |
|||
if i == #z.message_tail then |
|||
text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] ); |
|||
if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then |
|||
else |
|||
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link)); |
|||
text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ); |
|||
end |
|||
table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages |
|||
table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error |
|||
local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden |
|||
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages |
|||
if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name |
|||
hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix |
|||
break; -- and done because no need to look further |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation |
|||
table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; ')); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering |
|||
end |
end |
||
if |
if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then |
||
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link)); |
|||
text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">'; |
|||
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories |
|||
table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list |
|||
text = text .. ' ' .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])'; |
|||
local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages |
|||
if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages |
|||
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery |
|||
end |
end |
||
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now) |
|||
for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories |
|||
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table |
|||
table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'}) |
|||
); |
|||
end |
|||
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save |
|||
end |
end |
||
if not no_tracking_cats then |
|||
local sort_key; |
|||
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then |
|||
local cat_wikilink = 'cat wikilink'; |
|||
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do |
|||
if cfg.enable_sort_keys then -- when namespace sort keys enabled |
|||
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]'; |
|||
local namespace_number = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace; -- get namespace number for this wikitext |
|||
sort_key = (0 ~= namespace_number and (cfg.name_space_sort_keys[namespace_number] or cfg.name_space_sort_keys.other)) or nil; -- get sort key character; nil for mainspace |
|||
cat_wikilink = (not sort_key and 'cat wikilink') or 'cat wikilink sk'; -- make <cfg.messages> key |
|||
end |
|||
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories |
|||
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key})); |
|||
end |
end |
||
if cfg.id_limits_data_load_fail then -- boolean true when load failed |
|||
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_id_limit_load_fail'); -- done here because this maint cat emits no message |
|||
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]'; |
|||
end |
end |
||
for _, v in ipairs( |
for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories |
||
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key})); |
|||
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]'; |
|||
end |
|||
for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories |
|||
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); -- no sort keys |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done |
|||
return text |
|||
end |
end |
||
--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------ |
|||
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|||
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text. |
|||
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists. |
|||
]] |
|||
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: |
|||
function cs1.citation(frame) |
|||
true - active, supported parameters |
|||
local pframe = frame:getParent() |
|||
false - deprecated, supported parameters |
|||
local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata; |
|||
nil - unsupported parameters |
|||
]] |
|||
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? |
|||
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules |
|||
local function validate (name, cite_class, empty) |
|||
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox'); |
|||
local name = tostring (name); |
|||
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox'); |
|||
local enum_name; -- parameter name with enumerator (if any) replaced with '#' |
|||
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); |
|||
local state; |
|||
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox'); |
|||
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values |
|||
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox'); |
|||
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter |
|||
if false == state then |
|||
if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns |
|||
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported |
|||
return true; |
|||
end |
|||
if 'tracked' == state then |
|||
local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ''); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name |
|||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key> |
|||
return true; |
|||
end |
|||
return nil; |
|||
end |
|||
if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted |
|||
return nil; |
|||
end |
|||
-- replace enumerator digit(s) with # (|last25= becomes |last#=) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) |
|||
enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (name, '%d+$', '#'); -- where enumerator is last charaters in parameter name (these to protect |s2cid=) |
|||
enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (enum_name, '%d+([%-l])', '#%1'); -- where enumerator is in the middle of the parameter name; |author#link= is the oddity |
|||
if 'document' == cite_class then -- special case for {{cite document}} |
|||
state = whitelist.document_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters |
|||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end |
|||
return false; |
|||
else -- otherwise |
|||
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules |
|||
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist'); |
|||
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities'); |
|||
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); |
|||
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers'); |
|||
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS'); |
|||
end |
end |
||
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates |
|||
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables |
|||
state = whitelist.limited_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters |
|||
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module |
|||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end |
|||
validation.set_selected_modules (utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see the selected Utilities module |
|||
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module |
|||
state = whitelist.preprint_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class |
|||
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation |
|||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end |
|||
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check; |
|||
reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates; |
|||
date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash; |
|||
is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities |
|||
in_array = utilities.in_array; |
|||
substitute = utilities.substitute; |
|||
error_comment = utilities.error_comment; |
|||
set_error = utilities.set_error; |
|||
select_one = utilities.select_one; |
|||
add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat; |
|||
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style; |
|||
safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics; |
|||
remove_wiki_link = utilities.remove_wiki_link; |
|||
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil |
|||
end -- end limited parameter-set templates |
|||
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list_t) then -- template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list |
|||
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities |
|||
state = whitelist.unique_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class |
|||
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list; |
|||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end |
|||
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed; |
|||
end -- if here, fall into general validation |
|||
state = whitelist.common_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed; this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters |
|||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end |
|||
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil |
|||
end |
|||
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------- |
|||
check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup. <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language |
|||
code. when these values have the form (without leading colon): |
|||
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text |
|||
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text |
|||
return value as is else |
|||
]=] |
|||
local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value) |
|||
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists |
|||
local _; |
|||
if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so |
|||
make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message |
|||
get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages; |
|||
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink |
|||
COinS = metadata.COinS; |
|||
end |
|||
return value; |
|||
end |
|||
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ |
|||
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal |
|||
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a |
|||
parameter that is missing its pipe. There are two tests made: |
|||
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name |
|||
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki) |
|||
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives XML/HTML |
|||
tags are removed before the search. |
|||
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. |
|||
]] |
|||
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value) |
|||
local capture; |
|||
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc. |
|||
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes |
|||
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter); |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >-------------------------------------- |
|||
look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked |
|||
]] |
|||
local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value) |
|||
if 'number' == type (param) then |
|||
return; |
|||
end |
|||
param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize |
|||
Preview_mode = frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}'); -- use magic word to get revision id |
|||
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then |
|||
if is_set (Preview_mode) then -- if there is a value then this is not a preiview |
|||
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done |
|||
Preview_mode = false; |
|||
else |
|||
Preview_mode = true; -- no value (nil or empty string) so this is a preview |
|||
end |
end |
||
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then |
|||
local args = {}; |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat |
|||
local suggestions = {}; |
|||
end |
|||
local error_text, error_state; |
|||
if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ... |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------ |
|||
look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked |
|||
]] |
|||
local function has_extraneous_url (url_param_t) |
|||
local url_error_t = {}; |
|||
check_for_url (url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check |
|||
if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors |
|||
table.sort (url_error_t); |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|||
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text. |
|||
]] |
|||
local function citation(frame) |
|||
Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode |
|||
local config = {}; |
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} |
||
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do |
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame |
||
config[k] = v; |
config[k] = v; |
||
-- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep? |
|||
args[k] = v; |
|||
end |
end |
||
-- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here) |
|||
local sandbox = ((config.SandboxPath and '' ~= config.SandboxPath) and config.SandboxPath) or '/sandbox'; -- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}} |
|||
is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true); -- is this invoke the sandbox module? |
|||
sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or ''; -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else |
|||
local pframe = frame:getParent() |
|||
local styles; |
|||
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox); -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else |
|||
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox); |
|||
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox); |
|||
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox); |
|||
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox); |
|||
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox); |
|||
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css'; |
|||
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables |
|||
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module |
|||
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module |
|||
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module |
|||
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities |
|||
is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}')); |
|||
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments |
|||
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them |
|||
local error_text; -- used as a flag |
|||
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns |
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns |
||
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing |
|||
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do |
|||
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame |
|||
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string |
|||
if v ~= '' then |
if v ~= '' then |
||
if |
if ('string' == type (k)) then |
||
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 |
|||
error_text = ""; |
|||
end |
|||
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then |
|||
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then |
|||
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters |
|||
if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters |
|||
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then |
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then |
||
error_text |
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v}); |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif validate |
elseif validate (k:lower(), config.CitationClass) then |
||
error_text |
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter |
||
else |
else |
||
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it |
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it |
||
suggestions = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' .. sandbox); --load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else |
|||
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? |
|||
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version |
|||
else |
|||
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter |
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter |
||
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no |
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match |
||
if capture then -- if the pattern matches |
if capture then -- if the pattern matches |
||
param = substitute( |
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) |
||
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists) |
|||
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message |
|||
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message |
|||
else |
|||
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template |
|||
v = ''; -- unset |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if not is_set (error_text) then |
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion? |
||
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then |
if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}); |
|||
else |
else |
||
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); |
|||
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if error_text ~= '' then |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} ); |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? |
|||
args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value |
|||
args[k] = v; |
|||
elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters |
|||
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then |
|||
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter |
|||
args[k] = v; |
|||
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text |
|||
end |
|||
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list |
|||
end |
|||
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep? |
|||
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that) |
|||
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here |
|||
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact? |
|||
end |
end |
||
if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message |
|||
utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', { |
|||
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's', |
|||
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns) |
|||
}); |
|||
end |
|||
local url_param_t = {}; |
|||
for k, v in pairs( args ) do |
for k, v in pairs( args ) do |
||
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters |
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters |
||
has_invisible_chars (k, v); |
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters |
||
end |
|||
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values |
|||
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? |
|||
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label |
|||
if 'string' == type (k) and not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- when parameter k is not positional and not in url skip table |
|||
url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
return citation0( config, args) |
|||
has_extraneous_url (url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong |
|||
return table.concat ({ |
|||
frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}), |
|||
citation0( config, args) |
|||
}); |
|||
end |
end |
||
return cs1; |
|||
--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ |
|||
]] |
|||
return {citation = citation}; |
Latest revision as of 12:35, 1 February 2025
<section begin=header />
![]() | This Lua module is used on approximately 6,040,000 pages. To avoid major disruption and server load, any changes should be tested in the module's /sandbox or /testcases subpages, or in your own module sandbox. The tested changes can be added to this page in a single edit. Consider discussing changes on the talk page before implementing them. |
![]() | This module is subject to page protection. It is a highly visible module in use by a very large number of pages, or is substituted very frequently. Because vandalism or mistakes would affect many pages, and even trivial editing might cause substantial load on the servers, it is protected from editing. |
![]() | This module can only be edited by administrators because it is transcluded onto one or more cascade-protected pages. |
Lua error: bad argument #1 to "get" (not a valid title).<section end=header /> This module and associated sub-modules support the Citation Style 1 and Citation Style 2 citation templates. In general, it is not intended to be called directly, but is called by one of the core CS1 and CS2 templates. <section begin=module_components_table /> These files comprise the module support for CS1|2 citation templates:
<section end=module_components_table />
Other documentation:
- Module talk:Citation/CS1/Feature requests
- Module talk:Citation/CS1/COinS
- Module:Cs1 documentation support – a set of functions (some experimental) that extract information from the module suite for the purpose of documenting CS1|2
- Module:Citation/CS1/doc/Category list – lists of category names taken directly from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration and Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox
testcases
- Module:Citation/CS1/testcases (run)
- Module:Citation/CS1/testcases/errors (run) – error and maintenance messaging
- Module:Citation/CS1/testcases/dates (run) – date validation
- Module:Citation/CS1/testcases/identifiers (run) – identifiers
- Module:Citation/CS1/testcases/anchor (run) – CITEREF anchors
require ('strict'); --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit ]] local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local z = {}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist --[[------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >--------------- declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here ]] local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category local added_generic_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered local added_numeric_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered local added_numeric_name_maint; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name maint category and stop testing names once a category has been emitted local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module) local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation --[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set. This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list. ]] local function first_set (list, count) local i = 1; while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then return list[i]; -- return the first set list member end i = i + 1; -- point to next end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_vanc_error (source, position) if added_vanc_errs then return end added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position}); end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-"). returns true if it does, else false ]] local function is_scheme (scheme) return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------------- Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name? Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD. tld is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped here. Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. There are several tests: the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD i and q SL domains in the .net TLD single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false ]=] local function is_domain_name (domain) if not domain then return false; -- if not set, abandon end domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit return false; end if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource return false; end local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix '%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) '%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) '%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars) '%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD '^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address '[%a%d]+%:?' -- IPv6 address } for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list if domain:match (pattern) then return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL end end for _, d in ipairs (cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then return true end end return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false. This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external wikilinks. ]] local function is_url (scheme, domain) if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); else return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative end end --[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//). TODO: are there other common schemes like news: that don't use authority indicator? Strip off any port and path; ]] local function split_url (url_str) local scheme, authority, domain; url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions if utilities.is_set (authority) then authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end else if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test? return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end end domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present end return scheme, domain; end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: # < > [ ] | { } _ except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links returns false when the value contains any of these characters. When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). ]] local function link_param_ok (value) local scheme, domain; if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters return false; end scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. |<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when that condition exists check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix. prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language code and must begin with a colon. ]] local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) local orig; if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon orig = lorig; -- flag as error end end end if utilities.is_set (orig) then link = ''; -- unset utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; end return link; -- link if ok, empty string else end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the URL into scheme and domain portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two portions of the URL. If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 ]] local function check_url( url_str ) if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL return false; end local scheme, domain; scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------- Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs. The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs. The tests that find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. ]=] local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) local scheme, domain; if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain else return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL end --[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >----------------------------------------------------- loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message. ]] local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list) for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); end end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------ Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions ]] local function safe_for_url( str ) if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {}); end return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { ['['] = '[', [']'] = ']', ['\n'] = ' ' } ); end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Format an external link with error checking ]] local function external_link (URL, label, source, access) local err_msg = ''; local domain; local path; local base_url; if not utilities.is_set (label) then label = URL; if utilities.is_set (source) then utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); else error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]); -- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter end end if not check_url (URL) then utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); end domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path if path then -- if there is a path portion path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble end base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon end return base_url; end --[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >-------------------------------------- Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation. added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function deprecated_parameter(name) if not added_deprecated_cat then added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message end end --[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned. Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles. ]=] local function kern_quotes (str) local cap = ''; local wl_type, label, link; wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str); str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str); end else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if utilities.is_set (cap) then label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap); end cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if utilities.is_set (cap) then label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap); end if 2 == wl_type then str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink else str = label; end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped in italic markup. Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right. |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon: |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |script-title=ja : *** *** |script-title=ja: *** *** |script-title=ja :*** *** Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>= ]] local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param) local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string local name; if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script if not utilities.is_set (lang) then utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string end -- if we get this far we have prefix and script name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script -- is prefix one of these language codes? if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang}) else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']}); -- unknown script-language; add error message end lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']}); -- invalid language code; add error message lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string end else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']}); -- no language code prefix; add error message end script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL return script_value; end --[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags. ]] local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param) if utilities.is_set (script) then script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error if utilities.is_set (script) then title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title end end return title; end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style(). ]] local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then return ""; end if true == lower then local msg; msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text else return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str ); end end --[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >------------------- Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link. Returns the URL and appropriate label; nil else. str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link= ]] local function wikisource_url_make (str) local wl_type, D, L; local ws_url, ws_label; local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'}); wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink) if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link= str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title }); ws_label = str; -- label for the URL end elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]] str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title }); ws_label = str; -- label for the URL end elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]]) str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink }); end end if ws_url then ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker end return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil end --[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >----------------------- Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter. ]] local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical) if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style end periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical); if utilities.is_set (periodical) then periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical; else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical periodical = trans_periodical; utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'}); end end return periodical; end --[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------- Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). ]] local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link if ws_url then ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters chapter = ws_label; end if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else if false == no_quotes then chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); end end chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate elseif ws_url then chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. ' ', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this? chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter}); end if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter); if utilities.is_set (chapter) then chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter; else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter chapter = trans_chapter; chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param> utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source}); end end return chapter; end --[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >------------------- This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters. The search stops at the first match. This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource. Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup(). Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. ]] local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters return; end for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts position = nil; -- unset position elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}? position = nil; -- unset position end end if position then if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition) ('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters stripmarker = true; -- set a flag elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker position = nil; -- unset else local err_msg; if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name; else err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character'; end utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message return; -- and done with this parameter end end end end --[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------- Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable. ]] local function argument_wrapper ( args ) local origin = {}; return setmetatable({ ORIGIN = function ( self, k ) local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded. return origin[k]; end }, { __index = function ( tbl, k ) if origin[k] ~= nil then return nil; end local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]; if type( list ) == 'table' then v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); if origin[k] == nil then origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil end elseif list ~= nil then v, origin[k] = args[list], list; else -- maybe let through instead of raising an error? -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k); end -- Empty strings, not nil; if v == nil then v = ''; origin[k] = ''; end tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); return v; end, }); end --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >------------------------- When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. ]] local function nowrap_date (date) local cap = ''; local cap2 = ''; if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); end return date; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >--------------------- This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none). ]] local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) if utilities.is_set (title_type) then if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed end return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value end return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >----------------------------- Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. ]] local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character' if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions f.gsub = string.gsub f.match = string.match f.sub = string.sub else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub f.match = mw.ustring.match f.sub = mw.ustring.sub end local str = ''; -- the output string local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? local end_chr = ''; local trim; for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do if value == nil then value = ''; end if str == '' then -- if output string is empty str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) elseif value ~= '' then if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string) else comp = value; end -- typically duplicate_char is sepc if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character? -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.? trim = false; end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff? if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' trim = true; -- same question end elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. trim = true; end elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both end end if trim then if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup local dup2 = duplicate_char; if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup else value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character end end end str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >----------------------------- returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9. Puncutation not allowed. ]] local function is_suffix (suffix) if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then return true; end return false; end --[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >------------------- For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this so editors may/must. This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods This original test: if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor to maintain this code. \195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) \195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) \195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) \199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B) ]] local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position) if not suffix then if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix end end if utilities.is_set (suffix) then if not is_suffix (suffix) then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix end end if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%'%.]*$") then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position); return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization end; return true; end --[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc. Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). ]] local function reduce_to_initials (first, position) if first:find (',', 1, true) then return first; -- commas not allowed; abandon end local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix name = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials? end if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials if suffix then -- if there is a suffix if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do else add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message return first; -- and return first unmolested end else return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do end end end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word local initials_t, names_t = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials names_t = mw.text.split (first, '[%s%-]+'); -- split into a sequence of names and possible suffix while names_t[i] do -- loop through the sequence if 1 < i and names_t[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) names_t[i] = names_t[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present if is_suffix (names_t[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix table.insert (initials_t, ' ' .. names_t[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials sequence break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization end if 3 > i then table.insert (initials_t, mw.ustring.sub (names_t[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials sequence end i = i + 1; -- bump the counter end return table.concat (initials_t); -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. end --[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >---------------------------------- extract interwiki prefixen from <value>. Returns two one or two values: false – no prefixen nil – prefix exists but not recognized project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of: :<project>:<language>:<article> :<language>:<project>:<article> project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and v (wikiversity)) are not supported. ]] local function interwiki_prefixen_get (value, is_link) if not value:find (':%l+:') then -- if no prefix return false; -- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later end local prefix_patterns_linked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen '^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; project and language prefixes '^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; language and project prefixes '^%[%[:([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; project prefix '^%[%[:(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; language prefix } local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen '^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- project and language prefixes '^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- language and project prefixes '^:([dsw]):', -- project prefix '^:(%l%l+):', -- language prefix } local cap1, cap2; for _, pattern in ipairs ((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do cap1, cap2 = value:match (pattern); if cap1 then break; -- found a match so stop looking end end if cap1 and cap2 then -- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed) if 1 == #cap1 then -- length == 1 then :project:language: if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return cap1, cap2; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language end else -- here when :language:project: if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return cap2, cap1; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language end end return nil; -- unknown interwiki language elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then -- both are nil? return nil; -- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail elseif 1 == #cap1 then -- here when one capture return cap1, nil; -- length is 1 so return project, nil language else -- here when one capture and its length it more than 1 if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return nil, cap1; -- return nil project, language end end end --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------- Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators) names in the list will be linked when |<name>-link= has a value |<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been rendered previously so should have been linked there when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered ]] local function list_people (control, people, etal) local sep; local namesep; local format = control.format; local maximum = control.maximum; local name_list = {}; if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling? sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space else sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space> end if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names for i, person in ipairs (people) do if utilities.is_set (person.last) then local mask = person.mask; local one; local sep_one = sep; if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then etal = true; break; end if mask then local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else if n then one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("—", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil else one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator) sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator end else one = person.last; -- get surname local first = person.first -- get given name if utilities.is_set (first) then if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials end end one = one .. namesep .. first; end end if utilities.is_set (person.link) then one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor end if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement) local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get (one, true); -- get the interwiki prefixen if present if 'w' == proj and ('Wikipedia' == mw.site.namespaces.Project['name']) then proj = nil; -- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat? end if proj then local proj_name = ({['d'] = 'Wikidata', ['s'] = 'Wikisource', ['w'] = 'Wikipedia'})[proj]; -- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project if proj_name then one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interproj', proj_name); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name utilities.add_prop_cat ('interproj-linked-name', proj); -- categorize it; <proj> is sort key tag = nil; -- unset; don't do both project and language end end if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then tag = nil; -- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat? end if tag then local lang = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; if lang then -- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interwiki', lang); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name utilities.add_prop_cat ('interwiki-linked-name', tag); -- categorize it; <tag> is sort key end end table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator end end end local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 if 0 < count then if 1 < count and not etal then if 'amp' == format then name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text elseif 'and' == format then if 2 == count then name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text else name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text end end end name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator end local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list result = result .. sep .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al. end return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only) end --[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >----------------------- Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string. namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year. ]] local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year) local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names names[i] = v.last if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done end table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion else return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation end end --[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------ construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation. <cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template <mode> – value from |mode= parameter ]] local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode) local class_t = {}; table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight if 'citation' ~= cite_class then table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript else table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript end for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript end return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done end --[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >-------------------------- Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated |display-<names>=etal parameter ]] local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param) if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added end end end end return name, etal; end --[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >---------------------- Add an error message and category when <name> parameter value does not contain letters. Add a maintenance category when <name> parameter value has numeric characters mixed with characters that are not numeric characters; could be letters and/or punctuation characters. This function will only emit one error and one maint message for the current template. Does not emit both error and maint messages/categories for the same parameter value. returns nothing ]] local function name_is_numeric (name, name_alias, list_name) local patterns = { '^%D+%d', -- <name> must have digits preceded by other characters '^%D*%d+%D+', -- <name> must have digits followed by other characters } if not added_numeric_name_errs and mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- if we have not already set an error message and <name> does not have any alpha characters utilities.set_message ('err_numeric_names', name_alias); -- add an error message added_numeric_name_errs = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one error message return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon end if not added_numeric_name_maint then -- if we have already set a maint message for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through list of patterns if mw.ustring.match (name, pattern) then -- digits preceded or followed by anything but digits; %D+ includes punctuation utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template added_numeric_name_maint = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one maint message return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon end end end end --[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------ Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped" semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities. If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category. Same test for first except that commas should not appear in given names (MOS:JR says that the generational suffix does not take a separator character). Titles, degrees, postnominals, affiliations, all normally comma separated don't belong in a citation. <name> – name parameter value <list_name> – AuthorList, EditorList, etc <limit> – number of allowed commas; 1 (default) for surnames; 0 for given names returns nothing ]] local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name, limit) local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps; limit = limit and limit or 1; if utilities.is_set (name) then _, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas _, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons -- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in -- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the -- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add -- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new -- entities _, nbsps = name:gsub (' ',''); -- count nbsps -- There is exactly 1 semicolon per entity, so subtract nbsps -- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added, -- they also can be subtracted. if limit < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message end end end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >---------------------------------------------------------- Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call. <item> can have on of two values: 'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc 'generic_titles' – for |title= There are two types of generic tests. The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the 'reject' test. For example, |author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]] would be rejected by the 'author' reject test. But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening. Accept tests are always performed before reject tests. Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local']) that each can hold a test sequence table The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index [2], a boolean control value. The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true) or a pattern search (false). The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles. Returns true when a reject test finds the pattern or string false when an accept test finds the pattern or string nil else ]=] local function is_generic (item, value, wiki) local test_val; local str_lower = { -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local']) ['en'] = string.lower, ['local'] = mw.ustring.lower, } local str_find = { -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local']) ['en'] = string.find, ['local'] = mw.ustring.find, } local function test (val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val; -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]); -- return nil when not found or matched end local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'}; -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'}; -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do -- for each test type for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do if generic_value[wiki] then if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test return ('reject' == test_type); -- param value rejected, return true; false else end end end end end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------ calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the parameter name used in error messaging ]] local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias) if not added_generic_name_errs and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message added_generic_name_errs = true; end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >-------------------------------------------------------- This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters. ]] local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias) local accept_name; if utilities.is_set (last) then last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last> if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter name_is_numeric (last, last_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list end end if utilities.is_set (first) then first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first> if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup name_has_mult_names (first, list_name, 0); -- check for multiple names in the parameter; 0 is number of allowed commas in a given name name_is_numeric (first, first_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list end local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first); if 0 ~= wl_type then first = D; utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias); end end return last, first; -- done end --[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >------------------------- Gets name list from the input arguments Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done. This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=. When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, an error is emitted. ]] local function extract_names(args, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names local last; -- individual name components local first; local link; local mask; local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer local n = 1; -- output table indexer local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging while true do last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); if last then -- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (last, true); -- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', last_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki? last = utilities.remove_wiki_link (last); -- remove wikilink markup; show display value only end end if link then -- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (link, false); -- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', link_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki? link = nil; -- unset so we don't link link_alias = nil; end end last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', { first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form }); -- add this error message elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which end else -- we have last with or without a first local result; link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup if first then link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup end names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message end count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names end i = i + 1; -- point to next args location end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------ attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else. This function looks for: <lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_tag_remap{} <lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{} <lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t <lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize. Strip all script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{} on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil ]] local function name_tag_get (lang_param) local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables local name; local tag; name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name if cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] ~= lang_param_lc then utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added return name, cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2]; -- so return name and tag from lang_name_remap[name]; special case to xlate sr-ec and sr-el to sr-cyrl and sr-latn end return name, lang_param_lc; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc> end tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag> end if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a remapped tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag end name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name if name then return name, lang_param_lc; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name> end tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag if tag then return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag> end tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else if tag then name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag> if name then return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag end end end --[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------ Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter. When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized but code 'ara' is not. This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with optional space characters. ]] local function language_parameter (lang) local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag local name; -- the language name local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase if utilities.is_set (tag) then lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag) utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template? end elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it end else name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added end table.insert (language_list, name); name = ''; -- so we can reuse it end name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list); if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English' return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) end return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format ]] end --[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >-------------------------- Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode. Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default. In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'. In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','. ]] local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode) if utilities.is_set(postscript) then -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript -- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); end else postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode]; end return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >----------------------------- Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the #invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none. ]] local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class) local sep; if 'cs2' == mode then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); elseif 'cs1' == mode then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); elseif 'citation' == cite_class then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); else sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); end if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript -- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style if 'cs2' == mode or ('cs1' ~= mode and 'citation' == cite_class) then -- {{citation |title=Title |mode=cs1 |postscript=none}} should not emit maint message utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); end postscript = ''; end return sep, postscript end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >----------------------------------- Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links. returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false ]=] local function is_pdf (url) return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF#') or url:match ('%.pdf#'); end --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >----------------------- Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with the appropriate styling. ]] local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) if utilities.is_set (format) then format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize if not utilities.is_set (url) then utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message end elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF else format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end return format; end --[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------ Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. inputs: max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors'], etc; a number or some flavor of etal count: #a or #e list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' etal: author_etal or editor_etal This function sets an error message when |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names but not when <max> comes from {{cs1 config}} global settings. When using global settings, <param> is set to the keyword 'cs1 config' which is used to supress the normal error. Error is suppressed because it is to be expected that some citations in an article will have the same or fewer names that the limit specified in {{cs1 config}}. ]] local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param) if utilities.is_set (max) then if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number if (max >= count) and ('cs1 config' ~= param) then -- error when local |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names; not an error when using global setting utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message max = nil; end else -- not a valid keyword or number utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set end end return max, etal; end --[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >--------------- Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value: good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a digit bad pattern: '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG ]] local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name) if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message return; -- and done end end end end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------ Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator. Applies to both; this function looks for issue text in both |issue= and |volume= and looks for volume-like text in |voluem= and |issue=. For |volume=: 'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so are allowed. For |issue=: 'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the parameter content (all case insensitive); numero styling: 'n°' with degree sign U+00B0, and № precomposed numero sign U+2116. Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module. <val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value <name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message <selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue= sets error message on failure; returns nothing ]] local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector) if not utilities.is_set (val) then return; end local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue'; val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vi_patterns_t) do -- spin through the sequence table of patterns if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message return; -- and done end end end --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >---------------------------------------------- split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked |vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.)) ]=] local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder local i = 1; while name_table[i] do if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses local name = name_table[i]; i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment while name_table[i] do name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses break; -- and done reassembling so end i = i + 1; -- bump indexer end table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink else wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name if 1 == wl_type then table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]] else table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string end end i = i + 1; end return output_table; end --[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >-------------------------------- This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does. Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. ]] local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= local v_name_table = {}; local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter local last, first, link, mask, suffix; local corporate = false; vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor local accept_name; v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name> if accept_name then last = v_name; corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i); end local lastfirstTable = {} lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+") first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table end last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix if not utilities.is_set (last) then first = ''; -- unset last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i); end if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing end if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials end else last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? end if utilities.is_set (first) then if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials end is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit if utilities.is_set (suffix) then first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names end else if not corporate then is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i); end end link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest; |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn) When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is. Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate. ]] local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) local lastfirst = false; if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then lastfirst = true; end if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or (true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then local err_name; if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message err_name = 'author'; else err_name = 'editor'; end utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters'); -- add error message end if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------ This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value specified by ret_val. TODO: explain <invert> ]] local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert) if not utilities.is_set (value) then return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok end if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table return value; -- return <value> as it is else utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message return ret_val; end end --[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------- This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a single space character. ]] local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated return name_list; -- just return the name list elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another else return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------- returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. ]] local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) and not utilities.is_set (article) then return ''; end -- same condition as in format_pages_sheets() local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits? local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters? if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters? utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat end if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting local vol = ''; if utilities.is_set (volume) then if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals? vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters? vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold else -- four or fewer characters vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold end end vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (issue) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue) or '') vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (article) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-article-num'], article) or '') return vol; end if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end if 'conference' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (article) then -- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (article) then -- both volume and article number return wrap_msg ('vol-art', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), article}, lower); elseif utilities.is_set (article) then -- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below return wrap_msg ('art', {sepc, article}, lower); end end -- all other types of citation if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower); elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower); else return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. The return order is: page, pages, sheet, sheets Singular has priority over plural when both are provided. ]] local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators if utilities.is_set (sheet) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; else return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); else return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); end end end local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); if utilities.is_set (page) then if is_journal then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; elseif not nopp then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; else return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then if is_journal then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; elseif not nopp then return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; else return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; end end return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings end --[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >---------------------------------------------- returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it? TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline; TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned to a new name)? ]] local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at) local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?) if utilities.is_set (page) then if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then pages = ''; -- unset the others at = ''; end extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page}); coins_pages = ws_label; end elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then if utilities.is_set (at) then at = ''; -- unset end extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages}); coins_pages = ws_label; end elseif utilities.is_set (at) then ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at}); coins_pages = ws_label; end end return page, pages, at, coins_pages; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------ add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value ]] local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date) if utilities.is_set (archive) then if archive == url or archive == c_url then utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url= end end return archive, date; end --[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the save snapshot URL or to calendar pages. When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do. When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |archive-date= and an error message when: |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL |archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs: //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified archive URL: for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) A secondary function is to return an archive-url timestamp from those urls that have them (archive.org and archive.today). The timestamp is used by validation.archive_date_check() to see if the value in |archive-date= matches the timestamp in the archive url. ]=] local function archive_url_check (url, date) local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL timestamp = url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d)/') or -- get timestamp from archive.today urls url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%.%d%d%.%d%d%-%d%d%d%d%d%d)/'); -- this timestamp needs cleanup if timestamp then -- if this was an archive.today url ... return url, date, timestamp:gsub ('[%.%-]', ''); -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp (dots and dashes removed) from |archive-url=, and done end -- here for archive.org urls if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save; url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb; else path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; if '*' ~= flag then local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY) if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year) replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display end end elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path; elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element) err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; else return url, date, timestamp; -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url= end end -- if here, something not right so utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and if is_preview_mode then return url, date, timestamp; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url= else return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end end --[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------------------- check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that) returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits ]] local function place_check (param_val) if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted return param_val; -- return that empty state end if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat end return param_val; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >---------------------------------------------- compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else ]] local function is_archived_copy (title) title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy' return true; elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script return true; end end end --[[--------------------------< D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S _ S E L E C T >-------------------------------------- for any of the |display-authors=, |display-editors=, etc parameters, select either the local or global setting. When both are present, look at <local_display_names> value. When the value is some sort of 'et al.'string, special handling is required. When {{cs1 config}} has |display-<namelist>= AND this template has |display-<namelist>=etal AND: the number of names specified by <number_of_names> is: greater than the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter (<global_display_names>) use global |display-<namelist>= parameter value set overridden maint category less than or equal to the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter use local |display-<namelist>= parameter value The purpose of this function is to prevent categorizing a template that has fewer names than the global setting to keep the etal annotation specified by <local_display_names>. ]] local function display_names_select (global_display_names, local_display_names, param_name, number_of_names, test) if global_display_names and utilities.is_set (local_display_names) then -- when both if 'etal' == local_display_names:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings number_of_names = tonumber (number_of_names); -- convert these to numbers for comparison local global_display_names_num = tonumber (global_display_names); -- <global_display_names> not set when parameter value is not digits if number_of_names > global_display_names_num then -- template has more names than global config allows to be displayed? utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message because global is overriding local |display-<namelist>=etal return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) else return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local because fewer names so let <local_display_names> control end end -- here when <global_display_names> and <local_display_names> both numbers; <global_display_names> controls utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) end -- here when only one of <global_display_names> or <local_display_names> set if global_display_names then return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) else return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. ]] local function citation0( config, args ) --[[ Load Input Parameters The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. ]] local A = argument_wrapper ( args ); local i -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates -- define different field names for the same underlying things. local author_etal; local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= local Authors; local NameListStyle; if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |name-list-style= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'], 'cs1 config: name-list-style', cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax else NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); end if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] and utilities.is_set (A['NameListStyle']) then -- when template has |name-list-style=<something> which global setting has overridden utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message end local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); if 1 == selected then a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, A['Vauthors'], 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |people= or |credits=; |authors= is deprecated; TODO: constrain |people= and |credits= to cite av media, episode, serial? end if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required end end local editor_etal; local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn if 1 == selected then e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= end end local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter'); local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s) if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution end local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= if 0 < #c then if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end end else -- if not a book cite if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message end Contribution = nil; -- unset end local Title = A['Title']; local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto local accept_link; TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty end TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}} Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present end local Periodical = A['Periodical']; local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical']; local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical'); local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical']; local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical'); if (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical))) then local param; if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- get a parameter name from one of these periodical related meta-parameters Periodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters param = Periodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging elseif utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical) then TransPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters param = TransPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then ScriptPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters param = ScriptPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging end if utilities.is_set (param) then -- if we found one utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {param}); -- emit an error message end end if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then local i; Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}); end end if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}} if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}); end Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}} Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList'); end -- web and news not tested for now because of -- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors? if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter -- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message if p[config.CitationClass] then utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}); end end local Volume; if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' end elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website= Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' end else Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites end elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings Volume = A['Volume']; end extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v'); local Issue; if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); end elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); end end local ArticleNumber; if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'conference'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then ArticleNumber = A['ArticleNumber']; end extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i'); local Page; local Pages; local At; local QuotePage; local QuotePages; if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then -- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message? Page = A['Page']; Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']); At = A['At']; QuotePage = A['QuotePage']; QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']); end local Edition = A['Edition']; local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace')); local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place')); local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'); if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then local i = 0; PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized if i and (0 < i) then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}); end end if ('document' == config.CitationClass) and not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then utilities.set_message ('err_missing_publisher', {config.CitationClass, 'publisher'}); end local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup? local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup'); if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}); end PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS end local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL? local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then UrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url'); end local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then ChapterUrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}); end local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then MapUrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}); end local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); -- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids? no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats end for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats break; -- bail out if one is found end end end -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category local coins_pages; Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At); local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same end elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ... PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place end if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter'); local Format = A['Format']; local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter'); local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; --[[ Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: When the citation has these parameters: |encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering |encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering |trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped |url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified ]] local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS local ScriptEncyclopedia = A['ScriptEncyclopedia']; local TransEncyclopedia = A['TransEncyclopedia']; if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}} if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}); else utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia')}); end Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset these because not supported by this template ScriptEncyclopedia = nil; TransEncyclopedia = nil; end elseif utilities.is_set (TransEncyclopedia) then utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'encyclopedia'}); end if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both parameters set emit an error message; {{citation}} only; Periodical not allowed in {{cite encyclopedia}} utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {Periodical_origin}); end if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia for rendering; {{citation}} could (not legitimately) have both; use Encyclopedia Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia'); ScriptPeriodical = ScriptEncyclopedia; ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia'); if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= params to |article= params for rendering ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle') TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterFormat = Format; if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); end Title = Periodical; -- now map |encyclopedia= params to |title= params for rendering ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or ''; TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or ''; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset ScriptPeriodical = ''; URL = ''; Format = ''; TitleLink = ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or ''; TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or ''; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset ScriptPeriodical = ''; end end end -- special case for cite techreport. local ID = A['ID']; if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it else -- ID has a value so emit error message utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}); end end end -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode local Conference = A['Conference']; local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle'); if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then Chapter = Title; Chapter_origin = 'title'; -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; URL_origin = ''; ChapterFormat = Format; TransChapter = TransTitle; TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin; Title = BookTitle; Format = ''; -- TitleLink = ''; TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; end elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string end -- CS1/2 mode local Mode; if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |mode= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'], 'cs1 config: mode', cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax else Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); end if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] and utilities.is_set (A['Mode']) then -- when template has |mode=<something> which global setting has overridden utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message end -- separator character and postscript local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass); -- controls capitalization of certain static text local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- cite map oddities local Cartography = ""; local Scale = ""; local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; if config.CitationClass == "map" then if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message end Chapter = A['Map']; Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map'); ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); TransChapter = A['TransMap']; ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap'] ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap') ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess; ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; Cartography = A['Cartography']; if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); end Scale = A['Scale']; if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; end end -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. local Series = A['Series']; if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set local Network = A['Network']; local Station = A['Station']; local s, n = {}, {}; -- do common parameters first if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} local Season = A['Season']; local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= end -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle'); ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link= TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; ChapterFormat = Format; Title = Series; -- promote series to title TitleLink = SeriesLink; Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); end URL = ''; -- unset TransTitle = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; Format = ''; else -- now oddities that are cite serial Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); end Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized end end -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values local TitleType = A['TitleType']; local Degree = A['Degree']; if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'document', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower(); end end if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem end -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. local Date = A['Date']; local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; local Year = A['Year']; if utilities.is_set (Year) then validation.year_check (Year); -- returns nothing; emits maint message when |year= doesn't hold a 'year' value end if not utilities.is_set (Date) then Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter else Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter end else Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging end if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation --[[ Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where we get the date used in the metadata. Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation ]] local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], ''); if not utilities.is_set (DF) then DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template end local ArchiveURL; local ArchiveDate; local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; local archive_url_timestamp; -- timestamp from wayback machine url ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; local Embargo = A['Embargo']; local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch local error_message = ''; -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it local date_parameters_list = { ['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')}, ['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')}, ['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin}, ['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, ['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, ['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')}, ['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')}, }; local error_list = {}; anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list); if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list); end if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty local modified = false; -- flag if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate end if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate modified = true; utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category end -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat modified = true; end if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val; Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val; DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val; PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val; end if archive_url_timestamp and utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then validation.archive_date_check (ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp, DF); -- does YYYYMMDD in archive_url_timestamp match date in ArchiveDate end else utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message end end -- end of do if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) or -- {{cite book}}, {{cite encyclopedia}}; TODO: {{cite conference}} and others? ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or -- {{citation}} as an encylopedia citation ('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then -- {{citation}} as a book citation if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then if not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then local date = COinS_date.rftdate and tonumber (COinS_date.rftdate:match ('%d%d%d%d')); -- get year portion of COinS date (because in Arabic numerals); convert string to number if date and (1850 <= date) then -- location has no publisher; if date is 1850 or later utilities.set_message ('maint_location_no_publisher'); -- add maint cat end else -- PublisherName has a value if cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] == PublisherName then -- if that value is 'none' (only for book and encyclopedia citations) PublisherName = ''; -- unset end end end end local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier local ID_support = { {A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')}, {DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, {Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, } ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data. if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |medrxiv=, |ssrn= required for their templates if not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or -- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]]) then -- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message end Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['medrxiv'] = 'medRxiv', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass]; end -- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi']; URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1]; end end if utilities.is_set (URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); -- add an error message AccessDate = ''; -- unset end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); -- add an error message ArchiveURL = ''; -- unset end end end -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. -- Test if citation has no title if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}); end if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and ('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites Title = ''; -- set title to empty string utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat end -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required local coins_title = Title; -- et tu if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then coins_chapter = Title; -- remap coins_title = Periodical; end end local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list coins_author = c; -- use that instead end -- this is the function call to COinS() local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({ ['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS ['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only ['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date.* has correctly formatted date values if Date is valid; ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, ['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter, ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron, ['Series'] = Series, ['Volume'] = Volume, ['Issue'] = Issue, ['ArticleNumber'] = ArticleNumber, ['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links ['Edition'] = Edition, ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), ['Authors'] = coins_author, ['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins, ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, }, config.CitationClass); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data. if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, medRxiv, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal end -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil )); end local Editors; local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list local contributor_etal; local Translators; -- assembled translators name list local translator_etal; local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= local Interviewers; local interviewers_list = {}; interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters local interviewer_etal; -- Now perform various field substitutions. -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. do local last_first_list; local control = { format = NameListStyle, -- empty string, '&', 'amp', 'and', or 'vanc' maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set mode = Mode }; do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayEditors'], A['DisplayEditors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'), #e); control.maximum, editor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #e, 'editors', editor_etal, param); Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal); if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation end end do -- now do interviewers local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayInterviewers'], A['DisplayInterviewers'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'), #interviewers_list); control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, param); Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal); end do -- now do translators local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayTranslators'], A['DisplayTranslators'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'), #t); control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #t, 'translators', translator_etal, param); Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal); end do -- now do contributors local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayContributors'], A['DisplayContributors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'), #c); control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, param); Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal); end do -- now do authors local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayAuthors'], A['DisplayAuthors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'), #a, author_etal); control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #a, 'authors', author_etal, param); last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal); if utilities.is_set (Authors) then Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al. if author_etal then Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter end else Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end end -- end of do if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. end end local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); end if not utilities.is_set (URL) then if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist ('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website= utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url'); end -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); AccessDate = ''; end end local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], ''); local OriginalURL local OriginalURL_origin local OriginalFormat local OriginalAccess; UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format= if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs end elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs end end elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status'); -- add maint cat end if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then local chap_param; if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin; else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') end if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation TransChapter = ''; ChapterURL = ''; ScriptChapter = ''; ChapterFormat = ''; end else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted end end Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title end Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' '; elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it end end -- Format main title local plain_title = false; local accept_title; Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title> if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())" Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message -- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat end if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title= Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ... not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.) Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title end if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message end end if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'document', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or ('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above) Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title else Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); end if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then if utilities.is_set (Title) then TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; else utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'}); end end if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs? if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both TitleLink = ''; -- unset end if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format; URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed Format = ""; elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then local ws_url; ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here if ws_url then Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title}); Title = Title .. TransTitle; else Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle; end else local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink) ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title}); Title = Title .. TransTitle; else Title = Title .. TransTitle; end end else Title = TransTitle; end if utilities.is_set (Place) then Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; end local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL if utilities.is_set (Conference) then if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); end Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); end local Position = ''; if not utilities.is_set (Position) then local Minutes = A['Minutes']; local Time = A['Time']; if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}); end Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; else if utilities.is_set (Time) then local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; if sepc ~= '.' then TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower(); end end Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; end end else Position = " " .. Position; At = ''; end Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; if config.CitationClass == 'map' then local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier local Inset = A['Inset']; if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); end if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); end At = At .. Inset .. Section; end local Others = A['Others']; if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor= if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes" or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm') else utilities.set_message ('maint_others'); end end Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; if utilities.is_set (Translators) then Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); end if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); end local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; if utilities.is_set (Edition) then if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn. utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message end Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); else Edition = ''; end Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum local Agency = A['Agency'] or ''; -- |agency= is supported by {{cite magazine}}, {{cite news}}, {{cite press release}}, {{cite web}}, and certain {{citation}} templates if utilities.is_set (Agency) then -- this testing done here because {{citation}} supports 'news' citations if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'magazine', 'news', 'pressrelease', 'web'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {"magazine", "newspaper", "work"})) then Agency = wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}); -- format for rendering else Agency = ''; -- unset; not supported utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {'agency'}); -- add error message end end Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates end if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end local Docket = A['Docket']; if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID; end if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set end if utilities.is_set (URL) then URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess ); end local Quote = A['Quote']; local TransQuote = A['TransQuote']; local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote']; if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then if utilities.is_set (Quote) then if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off end end Quote = kern_quotes (Quote); -- kern if needed Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped end if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off end Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote ); end if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix local quote_prefix = ''; if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. if not NoPP then quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', ''; else quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; elseif not NoPP then quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; else quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; end end Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote; else Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote; end PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set end -- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by -- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't -- a displayed postscript. -- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable? -- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern? if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript') end local Archived; if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL set but ArchiveDate not set utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date'); -- emit an error message ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end else if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL not set but ArchiveDate is set utilities.set_message ('err_archive_date_missing_url'); -- emit an error message ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then local arch_text; if "live" == UrlStatus then arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'], {external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); else Archived = ''; end if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown' if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added else -- utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added utilities.add_prop_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added end else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead' arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text, { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled else Archived = ''; -- unset for concatenation end end else -- OriginalUrl not set utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message else Archived = ''; end local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); local Transcript = A['Transcript']; local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); end Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); end local Publisher; if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); end if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; end elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = PublicationDate; end -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); else Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); end end local Language = A['Language']; if utilities.is_set (Language) then Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc. else Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType ]] end --[[ Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). ]] if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event= TitleType = ''; -- and unset if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering end end end -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over. local tcommon; local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc. tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote}, sepc); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 tcommon2 = safe_join ({TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc); else tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc); end elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter tcommon = safe_join ({Title, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc); elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc); else -- a sheet or stand-alone map tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc); end elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc); else -- all other CS1 templates tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc); end if #ID_list > 0 then ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc ); else ID_list = ID; end local Via = A['Via']; Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or ''; local idcommon; if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc ); else idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc ); end local text; local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; local OrigDate = A['OrigDate']; OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or ''; if utilities.is_set (Date) then if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses else -- neither of authors and editors set if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc else Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc end end end if utilities.is_set (Authors) then if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if utilities.is_set (Editors) then local in_text = ''; local post_text = ''; if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then in_text = cfg.messages['in'] .. ' '; if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower(); -- lowercase for cs2 end end if EditorCount <= 1 then post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ')'; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case else post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ')'; end Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc. local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); end elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then if utilities.is_set (Date) then if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editor']; else Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editors']; end else if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " else Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " end end text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); else if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); end end if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc. if '.' == sepc then -- remove final seperator if present text = text:gsub ('%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- dot must be escaped here else text = mw.ustring.gsub (text, sepc .. '$', ''); -- using ustring for non-dot sepc (likely a non-Latin character) end end text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element local options_t = {}; options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode); local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list namelist_t = c; -- select it elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list namelist_t = a; elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list namelist_t = e; end local citeref_id; if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default'); end else citeref_id = ''; -- unset end options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id; end if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains; z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string text = ''; -- blank the the citation utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category end local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist else table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty end if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation end local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass); local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]'; local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: '; if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link)); table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix break; -- and done because no need to look further end end z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; ')); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering end if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link)); table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery end for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'}) ); end table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save end if not no_tracking_cats then local sort_key; local cat_wikilink = 'cat wikilink'; if cfg.enable_sort_keys then -- when namespace sort keys enabled local namespace_number = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace; -- get namespace number for this wikitext sort_key = (0 ~= namespace_number and (cfg.name_space_sort_keys[namespace_number] or cfg.name_space_sort_keys.other)) or nil; -- get sort key character; nil for mainspace cat_wikilink = (not sort_key and 'cat wikilink') or 'cat wikilink sk'; -- make <cfg.messages> key end for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key})); end if cfg.id_limits_data_load_fail then -- boolean true when load failed utilities.set_message ('maint_id_limit_load_fail'); -- done here because this maint cat emits no message end for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key})); end for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); -- no sort keys end end return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done end --[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists. Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: true - active, supported parameters false - deprecated, supported parameters nil - unsupported parameters ]] local function validate (name, cite_class, empty) local name = tostring (name); local enum_name; -- parameter name with enumerator (if any) replaced with '#' local state; local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end if 'tracked' == state then local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ''); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key> return true; end return nil; end if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted return nil; end -- replace enumerator digit(s) with # (|last25= becomes |last#=) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (name, '%d+$', '#'); -- where enumerator is last charaters in parameter name (these to protect |s2cid=) enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (enum_name, '%d+([%-l])', '#%1'); -- where enumerator is in the middle of the parameter name; |author#link= is the oddity if 'document' == cite_class then -- special case for {{cite document}} state = whitelist.document_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; end if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates state = whitelist.limited_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end state = whitelist.preprint_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end -- end limited parameter-set templates if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list_t) then -- template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list state = whitelist.unique_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end end -- if here, fall into general validation state = whitelist.common_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed; this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end --[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------- check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup. <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language code. when these values have the form (without leading colon): [[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text [[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text return value as is else ]=] local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value) local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists local _; if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message _, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink end return value; end --[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a parameter that is missing its pipe. There are two tests made: {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name {{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki) cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives XML/HTML tags are removed before the search. If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. ]] local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value) local capture; value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc. capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter); end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >-------------------------------------- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked ]] local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value) if 'number' == type (param) then return; end param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize if cfg.punct_skip[param] then return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done end if value:match ('[,;:]$') then utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat end if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ... utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------ look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked ]] local function has_extraneous_url (url_param_t) local url_error_t = {}; check_for_url (url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors table.sort (url_error_t); utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >-------------------------------------------------------------- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text. ]] local function citation(frame) Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame config[k] = v; -- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep? end -- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here) local sandbox = ((config.SandboxPath and '' ~= config.SandboxPath) and config.SandboxPath) or '/sandbox'; -- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}} is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true); -- is this invoke the sandbox module? sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or ''; -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else local pframe = frame:getParent() local styles; cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox); -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css'; utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}')); local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them local error_text; -- used as a flag local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string if v ~= '' then if ('string' == type (k)) then k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 end if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v}); end elseif validate (k:lower(), config.CitationClass) then error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter else if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it suggestions = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' .. sandbox); --load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else end for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match if capture then -- if the pattern matches param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists) error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message else error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template v = ''; -- unset end end end if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion? if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}); else utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) end end end end args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list end -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep? -- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that) -- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact? end if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', { 1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's', utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns) }); end local url_param_t = {}; for k, v in pairs( args ) do if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters end has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label if 'string' == type (k) and not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- when parameter k is not positional and not in url skip table url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check end end has_extraneous_url (url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong return table.concat ({ frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}), citation0( config, args) }); end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return {citation = citation};